HomeMy WebLinkAbout11-01-2016 Item 05 staff presentationCONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
TRANSIT FACILITY CLASSROOM REMODEL SPECIFICATION NO. 91384
September 2016
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING DIVISION
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805)781-7200
Council Reading File: 11-01-2016
Item: 5
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 2 — EXISTING CONDITIONS
SECTION 024119 — SELECTIVE STRUCTURAL DEMOLITION
DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE
SECTION 033000 — CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 5 — METALS
SECTION 054000 — COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING
DIVISION 6 — WOOD AND PLASTICS
SECTION 062023 — INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS
SECTION 081113 —HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
SECTION 084213 — ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES
SECTION 087100 — DOOR HARDWARE
DIVISION 9 — FINISHES
SECTION 092900
— GYPSUM BOARD
SECTION 093000
— TILING
SECTION 095123
— ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
SECTION 096513
— RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
SECTION 096516
— RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
SECTION 099123
— INTERIOR PAINTING
DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES
SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE
DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING
SECTION 220523 — GENERAL — DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 220553 — IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 220719 — PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 221316 — SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
SECTION 223400 — FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
rp ►�/M10W1P-4muIx4j:/:10I[NUJ
SECTION 231123 — FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
SECTION 233113 — METAL DUCTS
SECTION 233713 — DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS
SECTION 237413 — PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 260519 — LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
SECTION 260529 — HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260533 — RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 260923 — LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
SECTION 262816 — ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
SECTION 265100 — INTERIOR LIGHTING
SECTION 265600 — EXTERIOR LIGHTING
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent
damage, and deliver to city ready for reuse.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall
where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and
that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and
reinstalled.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility
licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
Conduct selective demolition so city's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by city as far as
practical.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding
with selective demolition.
D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition
operations.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to city.
D. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings and
preconstruction photographs.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and
protect them against damage.
Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in
Division 01 Section "Summary of work."
B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify,
disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems
serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. City will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.
2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide
temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain
continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire -suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC
systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed.
a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and
cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same
or compatible piping material.
C. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and
remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and
make equipment operational.
e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and
remove equipment and deliver to city.
f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug
remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible
ductwork material.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 01 Section
"Construction Facilities and Temporary."
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required
to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes
to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction
being demolished.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden
space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire -suppression
devices during flame -cutting operations.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls."
B. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to city.
4. Transport items to city's storage area designated by city.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by city, items may be removed to a suitable,
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their
original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain city's property, remove demolished materials from Project
site and legally dispose of them in an EPA -approved landfill.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces
and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that
will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Facilities and
Temporary Controls."
5. Comply with City Standard forms and procedures
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off city's property and legally dispose of them.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition
operations began.
END OF SECTION 024119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,
mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete
products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
C. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract
Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete,"
2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and
smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material.
Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel
products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not
less than 60 percent.
B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed or
1. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class II zinc coated after
fabrication and bending.
2. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M, epoxy coated, with less than 2
percent damaged coating in each 12 -inch bar length.
C. Deformed -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet.
D. Galvanized -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from
galvanized -steel wire into flat sheets.
E. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel
wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and
source, throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II.
B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded.
1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches nominal (Footings).
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.
2.4 ADMIXTURES
A. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those
permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium
chloride.
1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,
Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive
or pressure -sensitive tape.
B. Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick.
2.6 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.
C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene
sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,
dissipating.
F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,
nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of
floor covering.
G. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type 1, Class A.
H. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type 1, Class A.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of
laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica
fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used,
by not less than 40 percent.
C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. Mix Design shall
be submitted to Architect and Engineer.
D. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows:
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days.
2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.55 for all slabs, walls and columns
and 0.60 or less for all foundations.
3. Slump Limit: 5 inches at point of placement
4. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 -1/2 -inch
nominal maximum aggregate size.
2.8 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.9 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M and furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from
1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F , reduce mixing and
delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical,
lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure
can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that
is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
3.3 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to
ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded
items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new
concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of
weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.
Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.
C. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1.
D. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301.
3.6 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and
finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small
or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots.
Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular
texture.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-5
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -
weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or
windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and
bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
C. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days.
2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than
seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover
material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without
damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound
manufacturer.
4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a
continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial
application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity
of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.8 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by city. Remove and
replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to city's approval.
3.9 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove
and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
END OF SECTION 033000
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 054000 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Load-bearing wall framing.
2. Exterior non -load-bearing wall framing.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Product Data: For each type of cold -formed steel framing product and accessory.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for
One and Two Family Dwellings."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. AISI Specifications and Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply
with AISI S 100 and AISI S200.
B. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency.
1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of
another qualified testing agency.
2.2 COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of
preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.
B. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and
coating weight as follows:
COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2.3 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING
A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched,
with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched,
with unstiffened flanges, and matching minimum base -metal thickness of steel studs.
2.4 FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural
Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members.
B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration.
2.5 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to
ASTM A 123/A 123M.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554.
C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load or
strength design capacities calculated according to ICC -ES AC 193 and ACI 318 greater than or
equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified
testing agency.
D. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated
from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC -
ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190
conducted by a qualified testing agency.
E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping,
steel drill screws.
1. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.
B. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404.
Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for
placement and hydration.
C. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout
containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, and
COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, with fluid
consistency and 30 -minute working time.
D. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold -formed
steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shims.
E. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from
manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of load-bearing wall bottom track and
the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch (6 mm) to ensure a
uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction.
B. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at the top of
foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cold -formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field
assembled.
B. Install cold -formed steel framing according to AISI S200 and to manufacturer's written
instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Install cold -formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with
connections securely fastened.
D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths.
E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in
intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place,
undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent
connections to framing are secured.
F. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold -formed steel framing. Independently frame
both sides of joints.
G. Install insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," in built-up exterior framing
members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are
inaccessible on completion of framing work.
H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved
or standard punched openings.
COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
I. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a
maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:
Space individual framing memhers no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from
plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of
sheathing or other finishing materials.
3.3 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to
supporting structure as indicated.
B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as
follows:
1. Stud Spacing: 16 inches (406 mm).
C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non -plumbing walls or
warped surfaces and similar requirements.
D. Isolate non -load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical
loads while providing lateral support.
1. Install single deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure.
2. Install double deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure.
3. Connect vertical deflection clips to studs and anchor to building structure.
4. Connect drift clips to cold -formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.
E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings
but not more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection.
1. Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched
studs.
2. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated
and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to
stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.
3. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
R Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip
angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall -framing
system.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.
C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.
D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified
requirements.
E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair daiiiaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and
installed cold -formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and
Installer, that ensure that cold -formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time
of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 054000
COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 062023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior trim.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. MDF: Medium -density fiberboard.
B. MDO: Plywood with a medium -density overlay on the face.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials,
dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include construction and application details.
I. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical -treatment manufacturer and
certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of
preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. Include chemical -treatment
manufacturer's written instructions for finishing treated material.
2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated
materials was reduced before shipment to Project site to levels specified.
3. Include copies of warranties from chemical -treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product involving selection of colors, profiles, or textures.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.
Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air
circulation around stacks and under coverings.
B. Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions meet requirements
specified for installation areas. If interior finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than
installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation
areas.
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023- 1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry materials until building is
enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is
operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of
the construction period.
B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy
surface contamination and discoloration.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Regional Materials: The following wood products shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site
from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500
miles of Project site.
1. Interior trim.
B. Certified Wood: The following wood products shall be produced from wood obtained from forests
certified by an FSC -accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD -01-001, "FSC Principles and
Criteria for Forest Stewardship":
1. Interior trim.
C. Low -Emitting Materials: Composite wood products shall comply with the testing and product
requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of
Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
D. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and the following grading rules:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association, "Standard Grading Rules for
Northeastern Lumber."
2. NHLA: National Hardwood Lumber Association, "Rules for the Measurement and Inspection of
Hardwood & Cypress."
3. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority, "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber."
4. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, Standard No. 17, "Grading Rules for West Coast
Lumber."
5. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association, "Western Lumber Grading Rules."
E. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade, species,
moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.
1. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and
provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency.
F. Hardboard: AHA A135.4.
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
G. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea -formaldehyde resin.
H. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, made with binder containing no urea -formaldehyde resin.
Melamine -Faced Particleboard: Particleboard complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, finished on
both faces with thermally fused, melamine -impregnated decorative paper and complying with
requirements of NEMA LD3, Grade VGL, for test methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10.
Color: White.
2.2 INTERIOR TRIM
A. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish):
1. Species and Grade: Cherry; Clear; NHLA.
2. Maximum Moisture Content: 9 percent.
3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed.
4. Gluing for Width: Not allowed.
5. Veneered Material: Not allowed.
6. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth).
7. Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color.
B. Hardwood Moldings for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): WMMPA HWM 2, N -grade wood
moldings made to patterns included in WMMPA HWM 1.
Species: Cherry.
Kiln -dried softwood or MDF, with exposed surfaces veneered with species indicated, may be used
in lieu of solid wood.
Maximum Moisture Content: 9 percent.
Finger Jointing: Not allowed.
Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color.
2.3 PANELING
A. Hardwood Veneer Plywood Paneling: Manufacturer's stock hardwood plywood panels complying with
HPVA HP -1, made without urea -formaldehyde adhesive.
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
2. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated or
comparable product by one of the following:
a. Chesapeake Hardwood Products, Inc.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corp.
C. Holland Southwest International.
3. Face Veneer Species and Cut: Plain -quarter sliced cherry.
11►110QRto) :ia101&1:KOYAR9:4L49 tLyItY��c3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.4
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
4. Veneer Matching: slip matched Selected for similar color and grain.
5. Backing Veneer Species: Any hardwood compatible with face species.
6. Construction: Veneer core.
7. Thickness: 1/4 inch
8. Panel Size: 48 by 96 inches.
9. Glue Bond: Type II (interior).
10. Face Pattern: Manufacturer's standard flush faced vertical grain pattern, with ship -lapped edges.
11. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, UV -resistant, protective finish.
B. Hardboard Paneling: Interior factory -finished hardboard paneling complying with AHA 135.5.
1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Marlite; Wood
Veneer Wall System or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Chesapeake Hardwood Products, Inc.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corp.
2. Thickness: 1/4 inch.
3. Finish: Class I.
4. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested according to ASTM E 84:
a. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less.
b. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less.
5. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material,
and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible.
B. Low -Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the
California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. Glue: Aliphatic -resin, polyurethane, or resorcinol wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general
carpentry use.
Wood glue shall have a VOC content of 30 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Paneling Adhesive: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written recommendations for adhesives.
Adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E. Multipurpose Construction Adhesive: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is recommended
for indicated use by adhesive manufacturer.
Adhesive shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415,569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16 -inch radius and edges of lumber 1
inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8 -inch radius.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged,
and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
B. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in
installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is recommended by
manufacturer.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, too
small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements, or with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns.
B. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed
shims where necessary for alignment.
1. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as
recommended by manufacturer.
2. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior finish
carpentry with 1/32 -inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16 -inch maximum offset for
reveal installation.
4. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide
cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish carpentry.
3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.5
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of
lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary. Stagger joints in
adjacent and related standing and running trim. Miter at returns, miter at outside corners, and cope at
inside comers to produce tight -fitting joints with full -surface contact throughout length of joint. Use
scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints where
necessary for alignment.
1. Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to prevent splitting.
Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work
and fill holes.
ADJUSTING
A. Replace interior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Interior finish
carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of
repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean interior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Restore damaged or soiled areas
and touch up factory -applied finishes, if any.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction.
B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
I. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy
surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 062023
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 -6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes hollow -metal work.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to
NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses,
preparations for hardware, and other details.
C. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for
details and openings as those on Drawings.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. <Dot�blc Glick here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.
1. Amweld
2. Benchmark
3. CECO
4. Deansteel
5. Fleming
6. Kewanee
7. Steelcraft
8. Windsor Republic
B. Heavy -Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. At locations indicated in the plans
1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4.
2. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm).
C. Face: Uncoated cold -rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0
mm).
d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard.
3. Frames:
a. Materials: Uncoated, steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch (1.3 mm).
b. Construction: Match existing.
4. Exposed Finish: [Prime] [Factory].
2.2 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1. Stud -Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042
inch (1.0 nun) thick.
B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0
mm), and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip -type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable -type anchors with extension clips, allowing
not less than 2 -inch (51 -mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish
floor surface.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of
preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.
B. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable
for exposed applications.
C. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of
scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
D. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
E. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z (12G) coating
designation; mill phosphatized.
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M
or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M,
Class B.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
G. Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: From corrosion -resistant materials.
H. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as measured
according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
I. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).
J. Glazing: Section 088000 "Glazing."
K. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4 -mm) dry film
thickness per coat.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow -metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form
metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical,
fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly
identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.
B. Hollow -Metal Doors:
1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit
moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
2. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by
NFPA 80 for fire -performance rating or where indicated.
C. Hollow -Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling
limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal
as frames.
1. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per
anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at
bottoms of jambs.
3. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Stud -Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and
bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as
follows:
1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high.
2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high.
3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 to 2438 mm) high.
4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24
inches (610 mm) or fraction thereof above 96 inches (2438 mm) high.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
4. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers.
a. Single -Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.
b. Double -Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow -metal work to receive templated mortised
hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to
SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door
hardware.
2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for
preparation of hollow -metal work for hardware.
2.5 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
Shop Primer: SDI A250.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Hollow -Metal Frames: Install hollow -metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed
lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-
HMMA 840 as required by standards specified.
Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving
surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. At fire -rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling
limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously;
grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
C. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.
d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been
properly set and secured.
f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as
necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout
containing antifreezing agents.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor,
and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
a. Floor anchors may be set with power -actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled
expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.
3. Mctal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mincral-fibcr insulation insidc framcs.
4. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow -metal door frames for squareness, alignment,
twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line
90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal
line parallel to plane of wall.
C. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of
jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.
B. Hollow -Metal Doors: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified
below. Shim as necessary.
Non -Fire -Rated Steel Doors:
a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or minus 1/32
inch (0.8 mm).
b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) to 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) plus or
minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).
C. At Bottom of Door: [3/4 inch (19.1 mm)] [5/8 inch (15.8 mm)] plus or minus 1/32
inch (0.8 mm).
d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) to 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or
minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).
C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing" and with hollow -
metal manufacturer's written instructions.
Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval -head machine screws spaced uniformly not
more than 9 inches (230 mm) o.c. and not more than 2 inches (51 mm) o.c. from each
corner.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including hollow -metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying, rust -inhibitive primer.
C. Metallic -Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-5
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
D. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in
painting Sections.
END OF SECTION 081113
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 084213 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior manual -swing entrance doors and door -frame units.
2. Interior manual -swing entrance doors and door -frame units.
3. Sidelights.
4. Transoms.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other
work.
1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor
barriers.
C. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing
fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and
approved by manufacturer.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed
entrances that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or
replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by
testing of aluminum -framed entrances representing those indicated for this Project without
failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.
B. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:
I . Entrance Doors:
a. Single Doors: Maximum air leakage of 0.5 cfin/sq. ft. (2.54 L/s per sq. m) at a
static -air -pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).
C. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:
1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested
according to a minimum static -air -pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind -
load design pressure, but not less than [6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).
D. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:
1. Thermal Transmittance (U -factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U -factor
of not more than [0.45 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (2.55 W/sq. in x K) as determined according
to NFRC 100.
2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain
coefficient of no greater than 0.40 as determined according to NFRC 200.
3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified
condensation resistance rating of no less than 45 as determined according to NFRC 500.
E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface
temperature changes:
1, Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material
surfaces.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. <Double click here to find, evaluate -and insert list of manufacturers andproducts.>
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
1. EFCO Corporation
2. Kawneer north am.
3. Traco
4. YKK AP America Inc.
5. Vistawall
2.3 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual -swing operation.
Door Construction: to match existing, extruded -aluminum tubular rail and stile members.
Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet
welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods.
a. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum
members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior.
2. Door Design: Match existing.
3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Match existing, snap -on, extruded -aluminum stops and
preformed gaskets.
a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door.
B. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not
integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction.
C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with
nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.
D. Materials:
Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated.
a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).
b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M).
C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/13429M.
d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/13308M.
2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc -rich, corrosion -resistant primer
complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation
and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in
SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.
a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
b. Cold -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M.
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.
2.4 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE
A. Entrance Door Hardware: Hardware not specified in this Section is specified in Section 087100
"Door Hardware." As specified on plans.
B. General: Provide entrance door hardware and entrance door hardware sets indicated in door and
frame schedule for each entrance door to comply with requirements in this Section.
1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and
named manufacturers' products] [products equivalent in function and comparable in
quality to named products.
2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.
3. Opening -Force Requirements:
a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch and not more than
30 lbf (133 N)to set the door in motion.
b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 51bf (22.2 N) to fully open door.
C. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive
qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware
Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows:
1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for
each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements.
Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article.
2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and
requirements for description, quality, and function.
D. Pivot Hinges: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1.
Offset -Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each door
leaf.
E. Panic Exit Devices: BHMA Al 56.3, Grade 1, listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing
according to UL 305.
F. Strikes: Provide strike with black -plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for
aluminum framing.
G. Operating Trim: BHMA Al 56.6.
H. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as
required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to
comply with field conditions and requirements for opening force.
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
I. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1.
J. Surface -Mounted Holders: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
K. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location
indicated, with integral rubber bumper.
L. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.
M. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners
on mounting strip.
N. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
O. Thresholds: BHMA Al 56.2 1, raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with
maximum height of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm).
P. Finger Guards: Manufacturer's standard collapsible neoprene or PVC gasket anchored to frame
hinge jamb at center -pivoted doors.
2.5 GLAZING
A. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed -corner pressure -glazing system of black,
resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.
B. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.
C. Sealants used inside the weatherproofing system shall have a VOC content of 250 /L.
D. Sealants used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the testing and product
requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing
and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using
Environmental Chambers."
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.
B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration
of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or
grinding.
C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:
1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to
maintain required glazing edge clearances.
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-5
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
5. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest
extent possible.
D. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and
for installing entrance door hardware.
E. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.
F. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest
extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory -installed entrance door hardware before applying
finishes.
G. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to
Shop Drawings.
2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.
Color: To match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Do not install damaged components.
3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.
5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic
deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.
6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal Protection:
1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose
or installing nonconductive spacers.
2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by
painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200
"Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-6
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.
E. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."
F. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.
1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather
stripping.
2. Field -Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface -mounted entrance door hardware
according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed
fasteners to greatest extent possible.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Quality -Control Testing: Perform the following test on aluminum -framed entrances.
1. Water -Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by
Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water
penetration.
B. Aluminum -framed entrances will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.3 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS
END OF SECTION 084213
ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 087100 —DOOR HARDWARE
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Key cabinets.
B. Related Sections:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Section 08100 — Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere.
1. Windows.
2. Cabinets, including open wall shelving and locks.
3. Signs, except where scheduled.
4. Toilet accessories, including grab bars.
5. Installation.
6. Rough hardware.
7. Conduit, junction boxes & wiring.
8. Folding partitions, except cylinders where detailed.
9. Sliding aluminum doors, except cylinders where detailed.
10. Access doors and panels, except cylinders where detailed.
11. Comer Guards.
12. Wrought Iron railing gates and supports.
1.2 REFERENCES:
Use date of standard in effect as of Bid date.
A. American National Standards Institute — ANSI 156.18 — Materials and Finishes.
B. BHMA — Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
C. DHI — Door and Hardware Institute
D. NFPA — National Fire Protection Association
1. NFPA 80 — Fire Doors and Windows
2. NFPA 105 — Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies
3. NFPA 252 — Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
E. UL — Underwriters Laboratories
1. UL10C — Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
2. UL 305 — Panic Hardware
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
F. WHI — Warnock Hersey Incorporated
G. 2013 California Building Code
H. Local applicable codes
1. SDI — Steel Door Institute
J. WI — Woodwork Institute
K. AWI — Architectural Woodwork Institute
L. NAAMM — National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
1.3 SUBMI'1"PALS & SUBSTITUTIONS
A. SUBMITTALS: Submit six copies of schedule per Section 01330. Only submittals printed one
sided will be accepted and reviewed. Organize vertically formatted schedule into "Hardware Sets"
with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for
each door or opening. Include following information:
1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items.
2. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18.
3. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item.
4. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
5. Description of door location using space names and numbers as published in the
drawings.
6. Explanation ofabbrevialions, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
7. Mounting locations for hardware.
8. Door and frame sizes, handing, materials, fire -rating and degrees of swing.
9. List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and phone
number.
10. Catalog cuts.
11. Wiring Diagrams.
12. Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for electronic hardware.
B. Bid and submit manufacturer's updated/improved item if scheduled item is discontinued.
C. Deviations: Highlight, encircle or otherwise identify deviations from "Schedule of Finish
Hardware" on submittal with notations clearly designating those portions as deviating from this
section.
D. If discrepancy between drawings and scheduled material in this section, bid the more expensive of
the two choices, note the discrepancy in the submittal and request direction from Architect for
resolution.
E. Substitutions per Division 1. Include product data and indicate benefit to the Project. Furnish
operating samples on request.
F. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by City to meet existing
standard.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
G. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying schedule, wiring
diagrams, manufacturers' installation, adjustment and maintenance information, and supplier's
final inspection report.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications:
Hardware supplier: direct factory contract supplier who employs a certified architectural
hardware consultant (AHC), available at reasonable times during course of work for
project hardware consultation to City, Architect and Contractor.
a) Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware. Detailing
implies that the submitted schedule of hardware is correct and complete for the
intended function and performance of the openings.
B. Hardware: Free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and
locksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer.
C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special
knowledge or effort.
D. Fire -Rated Openings: NFPA 80 compliant. Hardware UL10C / California State Fire Marshal
Standard 12-7-4 (positive pressure) compliant for given type/size opening and degree of label.
Provide proper latching hardware, non -flaming door closers, approved -bearing hinges, and
resilient seals. Coordinate with wood door section for required intumescent seals. Furnish
openings complete.
1. Note: scheduled resilient seals may exceed selected door manufacturer's requirements.
2. See 2.6.E for added information regarding resilient and intumescent seals.
E. Furnish hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified performance
level and design intent, complying with manufacturers' instructions.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field).
1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to City.
B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers' original containers, complete
with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate contents, locations in
hardware schedule and door numbers.
C. Storage: Provide securely locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint,
chemicals, dust, excessive heat and cold, etc.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION:
A. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of members
requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical the same operation and
quality as type specified, subject to Architect's approval.
B. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use
on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as
necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the information
on the Contract Documents. Furnish related trades with the following information:
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1. Location of embedded and attached items to concrete.
2. Location of wall -mounted hardware, including wall stops.
3. Location of finish floor materials and floor -mounted hardware.
4. Locations for conduit and raceways as needed for electrical, electronic and electro -
pneumatic hardware items. Fire/life-safety system interfacing. Point-to-point wiring
diagrams plus riser diagrams to related trades.
5. Manufacturer templates to door and frame fabricators.
C. Check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made
for proper hardware installation. Do not order hardware until the submittal has been reviewed by
the frame and door suppliers for compatibility with their products.
1.7 WARRANTY:
MANUFACTURER: ACCEPTABLE SUB:
Hinges
A. Part of respective manufacturers' regular terms of sale. Provide manufacturers' written
warranties:
(IVE) Ives Zero
1.
Locksets:
Three years
2.
Extra Heavy Duty Cylindrical Lock:
Seven Years
3.
Exit Devices:
Three years mechanical
One year electrical
4.
Closers:
Ten years mechanical
Two years electrical
5.
Hinges:
One year
6.
Other Hardware
Two years
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Listed acceptable alternate manufacturers: submit for review products with equivalent function
and features of scheduled products.
ITEM:
MANUFACTURER: ACCEPTABLE SUB:
Hinges
(IVE) Ives Bommer
Continuous Hinges
(IVE) Ives Zero
Key System
(SCH) Schlage
Locks
(SCH) Schlage
Exit Devices
(VON) Von Duprin
Closers
(LCN) LCN
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
Auto Flush Bolts
Coordinators
Silencers
Push & Pull Plates
Kickplates
Stops & Holders
Overhead Stops
Thresholds
Seals & Bottoms
Key Cabinets
Aluminum Door Locks
Signs
2.2 HINGING METHODS:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
(IVE) Ives
(IVE) Ives
(IVE) Ives
(IVE) Ives
(IVE) Ives
(IVE) Ives
(GLY) Glynn -Johnson
(NGP) NGP
(NGP) NGP
(LUN) Lund
(ADA) Adams Rite
(SBH) Specialized Builders Hardware
DCI
DCI
Hiawatha
Hiawatha
Hiawatha
Hiawatha
None available
Zero
Zero
TelKee
None
A. Drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees, doors will actually swing to maximum allowable.
Use wide -throw conventional or continuous hinges as needed up to 8 inches in width to allow door
to stand parallel to wall for true 180 -degree opening. Advise architect if 8 -inch width is
insufficient.
B. Conform to manufacturer's published hinge selection standard for door dimensions, weight and
frequency, and to hinge selection as scheduled. Where manufacturer's standard exceeds the
scheduled product, furnish the heavier of the two choices, notify Architect of deviation from
scheduled hardware.
C. Conventional Hinges: Steel or stainless steel pins and concealed bearings. Hinge open widths
minimum, but of sufficient throw to permit maximum door swing.
1. Outswinging exterior doors: non-ferrous with non -removable (NRP) pins and security
studs.
2. Non-ferrous material exteriors and at doors subject to corrosive atmospheric conditions.
2.3 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, DEADBOLTS:
A. Mortise Locksets and Latchsets: as scheduled.
1. Chassis: cold -rolled steel, handing field -changeable without disassembly.
2. Latchbolts: 3/4 inch throw stainless steel anti -friction type.
3. Lever Trim: through -bolted, accessible design, cast lever or solid extruded bar type levers
as scheduled. Filled hollow tube design unacceptable.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
a) Spindles: security design independent breakaway. Breakage of outside lever
does not allow access to inside lever's hubworks to gain wrongful entry.
4. Furnish solid cylinder collars with wave springs. Wall of collar to cover rim of mortise
cylinder.
5. Thumbturns: accessible design not requiring pinching or twisting motions to operate.
6. Deadbolts: stainless steel 1 -inch throw.
7. Electric operation: Manufacturer -installed continuous duty solenoid.
8. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1 inch deep box construction, lips of
sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing.
9. Scheduled Lock Series and Design: Schlage L series, 17A design.
10. Certifications:
a) ANSI A156.13, 1994, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security.
b) ANSI/ASTM F476-84 Grade 31 UL Listed.
2.5 CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: [4041 ]
1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder with removable non-ferrous cover and cast iron body.
Double heat-treated pinion shaft, single piece forged piston, chrome -silicon steel spring.
2. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date -of --manufacture code.
3. Independent lab -tested 10,000,000 cycles.
4. Non -sized, non -handed, and adjustable. Place closer inside building, stairs, and rooms.
5. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header,
door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware.
6. Adjustable to open with not more than 5.Olbs pressure to open at exterior doors and
5.Olbs at interior doors. As allowed per California Building Code, Section 1133B.2.5,
local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive
latching, but not to exceed 15lbs.
7. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck, fourth valve
for delayed action where scheduled.
8. Extra -duty arms (EDA) at exterior doors scheduled with parallel arm units.
9. Exterior door closers: tested to 100 hours of ASTM B 117 salt spray test, furnish data on
request.
10. Exterior doors: seasonal adjustments not required for temperatures from 120 degrees F to
-30 degrees F, furnish checking fluid data on request.
11. Non -flaming fluid, will not fuel door or floor covering fires.
12. Pressure Relief Valves (PRV) not permitted.
hx=*]111:1 a A: F.1.11 WIZI90
A. Automatic Flush Bolts: Low operating force design.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-6
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Overhead Stops: Non -plastic mechanisms and finished metal end caps. Field -changeable hold -
open, friction and stop -only functions.
C. Kick Plates: Four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, height and width as scheduled.
Sheet -metal screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware.
D. Door Stops: Provide stops to protect walls, casework or other hardware.
1. Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets, provide wall type with appropriate fasteners.
Where wall type cannot be used, provide floor type. If neither can be used, provide
overhead type.
2. Locate overhead stops for maximum possible opening. Consult with Owner for furniture
locations. Minimum: 90deg stop / 95deg deadstop. Note degree of opening in submittal.
E. Seals: Finished to match adjacent frame color. Resilient seal material: polyurethane,
polypropylene, nylon brush, silicone rubber or solid high-grade neoprene as scheduled. Do not
furnish vinyl seal material. UL label applied to seals on rated doors. Substitute products: certify
that the products equal or exceed specified material's thickness and durability.
1. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval.
2. Solid neoprene: MIL Spec. R6855 -CL 111, Grade 40.
3. Non -corroding fasteners at in -swinging exterior doors.
4. Sound control openings: Use components tested as a system using nationally accepted
standards by independent laboratories. Ensure that the door leafs have the necessary
sealed -in-place STC ratings. Fasten applied seals over bead of sealant.
5. Fire -rated Doors, Resilient Seals: UL10C / UBC Standard 7-2 compliant. Coordinate
with selected door manufacturers' and selected frame manufacturers' requirements.
Where rigid housed resilient seals are scheduled in this section and the selected door
manufacturer only requires an adhesive -mounted resilient seal, furnish rigid housed seal
at minimum, or both the rigid housed seal plus the adhesive applied seal. Adhesive
applied seals alone are deemed insufficient for this project where rigid housed seals are
scheduled.
6. Fire -rated Doors, Intumescent Seals: Furnished by selected door manufacturer. Furnish
fire -labeled opening assembly complete and in full compliance with UL10C / UBC
Standard 7-2. Where required, intumescent seals vary in requirement by door type and
door manufacture -- careful coordination required
F. Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Comply with CBC Section 1133B.2.4.1. Substitute
products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material's thickness. Proposed
substitutions: submit for approval.
1. Exteriors: Seal perimeter to exclude water and vermin. Use sealant complying with
requirements in Division 7 "Thermal and Moisture Protection". Non-ferrous 1/4inch
fasteners and lead expansion shield anchors, or Red -Head #SFS -1420 (or approved
equivalent) Flat Head Sleeve Anchors (SS/FHSL).
Fire -rated openings, 90min or less duration: use thresholds to interrupt floor covering
material under the door where that material has a critical radiant flux value less than 0.22
watts per square centimeter, per NFPA 253. Use threshold unit as scheduled. If none
scheduled, request direction from Architect.
3. Fire -rated openings, 3hour duration: Thresholds, where scheduled, to extend full jamb
depth.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-7
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
4. Acoustic openings: Set units in full bed of Division -7 -compliant, leave no air space between
threshold and substratc.
5. Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for specified
fastening methods.
6. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Pinned TORX
drive at high security areas. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be slotted drive.
Sheet metal and wood screws: full -thread. Sleeve nuts: full length to prevent door
compression.
2.7 FINISH:
A. Match cxisting finish
2.8 KEYING REQUIREMENTS:
A. Key System: Schlage Classic keyway "111111" bitted
1. City will furnish and install primus cores.
2. Furnish 10 construction keys.
3. Furnish 2 construction control keys.
4. Key Cylinders: furnish 6 -pin solid brass construction.
B. Cylinders/cores: keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained.
Locksets and cylinders same manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS:
A. Can read and understand manufacturers' templates, suppliers' hardware schedules and printed
installation instructions. Can readily distinguish drywall screws from manufacturers' furnished
fasteners. Available to meet with manufacturers' representatives and related trades to discuss
installation of hardware.
3.2 PREPARATION:
A. Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware installation. Make corrections
before commencing hardware installation.
B. Locate hardware per SDI -100 and applicable building, fire, life -safety, accessibility, and security
codes.
1. Notify Architect of code conflicts before ordering material.
2. Locate levers, key cylinders, t -turn pieces, touchbars and other operable portions of
latching hardware between 30 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor, per CBC
Section 1133B.2.5.1.
3. Where new hardware is to be installed near existing doors/hardware scheduled to remain,
match locations of existing hardware.
C. Overhead stops: before installing, determine proposed locations of furniture items, fixtures, and
other items to be protected by the overhead stop's action.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-8
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.3 INSTALLATION
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Install hardware per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface -
mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level, plumb and true to
line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation.
Remove and reinstall or replace work deemed defective by Architect.
1. Gaskets: install jamb -applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc;
fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors
before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps.
2. When hardware is to be attached to existing metal surface and insufficient reinforcement
exists, use RivNuts, NutSerts or similar anchoring device for screws.
3. Use manufacturers' fasteners furnished with hardware items, or submit Request for
Substitution with Architect.
4. Replace fasteners damaged by power -driven tools.
B. Locate floor stops no more that 4 inches from walls and not within paths of travel. See paragraph
2.2 regarding hinge widths, door should be well clear of point of wall reveal. Point of door
contact no closer to the hinge edge than half the door width. Where situation is questionable or
difficult, contact Architect for direction.
C. Core concrete for exterior door stop anchors. Set anchors in approved non -shrink grout.
D. Locate overhead stops for minimum 90 degrees and maximum allowable degree of swing.
E. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames. Center punch hole locations before
using self -drilling type screws to prevent skating. Replace screws that are not centered in their
holes.
F. Lubricate and adjust existing hardware scheduled to remain. Carefully remove and give to City
items not scheduled for reuse.
3.4. ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted to
operate freely and smoothly.
1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods: repair or replace to
Owner's satisfaction.
2. Adjust doors to fully latch with no more than 1 pound of pressure.
3. Adjust delayed -action closers on fire -rated doors to fully close from fully -opened
position in no more than 10 seconds.
4. Adjust door closers per 1.9 this section.
B. Inspection: Use hardware supplier's consultant or consultant's agent. Include supplier's report
with closeout documents.
C. Final inspection: Installer to provide letter to City that upon completion installer has visited the
Project and has accomplished the following:
1. Re -adjust hardware.
2. Evaluate maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions, and instruct
City's personnel.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-9
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3. Identify items that have deteriorated or failed.
4. Submit written report identifying problems
3.5 DEMONSTRATION:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Demonstrate mechanical hardware and electrical, electronic and pneumatic hardware systems,
including adjustment and maintenance procedures.
3.6 PROTECTION/CLEANING:
A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows, etc.
Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion.
B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation/reinstallation process.
END OF SECTION 087100
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-10
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
IW► Wll&I&rRii
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior gypsum board.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for structural and non-structural framing that support
gypsum board panels.
2. Division 09 Section "Tiling" for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: For the following products:
1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12 -inch long length for each trim accessory indicated.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct
sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on
risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's
written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B. Do not install paper -faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.
C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration,
sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface
contamination and discoloration.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide materials and
construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent
testing agency.
2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content of Gypsum Panel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of
preconsumer recycled content not less than 20 percent.
B. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that
correspond with support system indicated.
2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.
2. National Gypsum Company
3. USG Corporation.
B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
C. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
2. Long Edges: Tapered.
D. Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold -
resistant core and paper surfaces.
1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X.
2. Long Edges: Tapered.
3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10.
2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes: Fry Reglet, per drawings.
a. Comerbead.
b. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
C. Chamfered corners.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.
B. Joint Tape:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.
2. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10 -by -10 glass mesh.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other
compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim
flanges, use drying -type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound.
5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use high -build interior coating product designed for
application by airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish.
2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to
0.112 inch thick.
2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow -metal frames and framing, with Installer present,
for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.2
3.3
APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C 840.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting
end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one
framing member.
C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more
than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.
D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or
gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges
or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control
joints at comers of framed openings.
E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.
Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.),
except in chases braced internally.
1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings,
coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and
decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8 -inch- wide
joints to install sealant.
G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except
floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2 -inch wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges
of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open
(unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
I. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do
not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide -dimension lumber, including floor joists and
headers. Float gypsum panels over these members or provide control joints to counteract wood
shrinkage.
APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
1. Type X: Except where indicated otherwise on Drawings.
2. Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings.
B. Single -Layer Application:
On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent
possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise
indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of
panels.
3. On Z -furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints.
Locate edge joints over furring members.
4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
C. Multilayer Application:
1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically
(parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer
joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base -layer joints, unless otherwise indicated
or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.
2. On Z -furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either
vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset
at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members.
3. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws.
3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for
panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated.
2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
C. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations:
Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener
heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended
to receive tape.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:
1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.
2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile.
3. Level 5: All gypsum board locations unless otherwise indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
a.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections.
E. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non -
drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application.
B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and
other causes during remainder of the construction period.
C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration,
sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface
contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 092900
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 093000 - TILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ceramic tile.
2. Tile backing panels.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" for glass -mat, water-resistant backer board.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1
apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.
B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B,
ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9,
ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14,
ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in "American
National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile."
C.
D.
1.4
A.
Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.
Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the
following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028:
1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6.
2. Step Treads: Minimum 0.6.
3. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8.
TILING 093000-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of the and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and
locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished
tile surfaces.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples of
accessories involving color selection.
D. Samples for Verification:
I. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish
required. For ceramic mosaic tile in color blend patterns, provide full sheets of each color
blend.
2_ Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required.
E. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
F. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by file
manufacturer and Installer.
G. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.
H. Material Test Reports: For each tile -setting and -grouting product.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type from one source or producer.
1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent
quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.
B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality
for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from one manufacturer and each aggregate
from one source or producer.
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
Review requirements in ANSI A108.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact
until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.
B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
TILING 093000-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination can be avoided.
D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.
E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces
from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile,
remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and
ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in
referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and
that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount
installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type,
composition, and color indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types,
compositions, and other characteristics indicated.
1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated.
B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with
ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced
by TCA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements
specified.
C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and
package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from
other packages and match approved Samples.
TILING 093000-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
D. Mounting: For factory -mounted tile, provide back- or edge -mounted tile assemblies as standard
with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.
Where tile is indicated for installation in wet areas, do not use back- or edge -mounted tile
assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is
suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Factory -Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protect
exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating with continuous
film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces.
2.2 TILE PRODUCTS
A. Floor Tile.
1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings, Crossville.
2. Composition: Porcelain.
3. Face Size: As indicated on drawings.
4. Thickness: 3/8 inch.
5. Face: Plain with square edges.
6. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
7. Grout Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
B. Wall Tile.
1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings.
2. Module Size: As indicated on drawings.
3. Thickness: 3/8 inch.
4. Face: Plain with square edges.
5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
6. Grout Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
7. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where
applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows,
selected from manufacturer's standard shapes:
a. Cove Base for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Straight, module size 12 by 6 inches.
b. Wainscot Cap for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, module size 4
by 12 inches.
C. Wainscot Cap for Flush Conditions: Regular flat tile for conditions where tile
wainscot is shown flush with wall surface above it, same size as adjoining flat tile.
d. External Corners for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, same size as
adjoining flat tile.
e. Internal Corners: Field -butted square corners. For coved base and cap use angle
pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes.
TILING 093000-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3 THRESHOLDS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. General: Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between
adjacent floor finishes.
Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, with lower edge of bevel aligned with or up to 1/16 inch above
adjacent floor surface. Finish bevel to match top surface of threshold. Limit height of
threshold to 1/2 inch or less above adjacent floor surface.
2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS
A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C 1325, in maximum lengths available to
minimize end-to-end butt joints.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
b. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.
C. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
2.5 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.02.
I . Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15); or polyethylene
sheeting, ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils thick.
2. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches by 0.062 -inch
diameter; comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size.
3. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion, serving as replacement for part
or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex -additive manufacturer
for use with field -mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed.
B. Latex -Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Custom Building Products.
b. Laticrete International, Inc.
C. MAPEI Corporation.
2. Provide prepackaged, dry -mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, vinyl acetate or
acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site.
TILING 093000-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging
mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI Al 18.4.
2.6 GROUT MATERIALS
A. Polymer -Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A 118.7.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Custom Building Products.
b. Laticrete International, Inc.
C. MAPEI Corporation.
2. Polymer Type: Ethylene vinyl acetate or acrylic additive, in dry, redispersible form,
prepackaged with other dry ingredients.
B. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Custom Building Products.
b. Laticrete International, Inc.
C. MAPEI Corporation.
2. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to
temperatures of up to 140 deg F and 212 deg F, respectively, and certified by
manufacturer for intended use.
2.7 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS
A. General: Provide sealants, primers, backer rods, and other sealant accessories that comply with
the following requirements and with the applicable requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint
Sealants."
L Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Use primers, backer rods, and sealant accessories recommended by sealant manufacturer.
B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed
joints unless otherwise indicated.
C. One -Part, Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25;
Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with
fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that
are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures.
TILING 093000-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. DAP Inc.; 100 percent Silicone Kitchen and Bath Sealant.
b. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786.
C. GE Silicones; a division of GE Specialty Materials; Sanitary 1700.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and
grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout
manufacturers.
B. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints and that does not
change color or appearance of grout.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Custom Building Products; Grout Sealer.
b. Jamo Inc.; Matte Finish Penetrating Sealer.
C. MAPEI Corporation; KER 003, Silicone Spray Sealer for Cementitious Tile Grout.
2.9 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT
A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout
manufacturers' written instructions.
B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.
C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and
other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance
characteristics for installations indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of installed tile.
Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, free of coatings that are
incompatible with tile -setting materials including curing compounds and other substances
TILING 093000-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by
ANSI Al 08.01 for installations indicated.
2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with bonded mortar bed comply
with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.
a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically
scarified.
b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or
grinding.
3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical
units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed.
4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if
not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin -set
mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile -
setting material manufacturer.
B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar
bed that complies with ANSI Al08.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains.
C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and
packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from
other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to
manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.
D. Field -Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to prevent
grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of
temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.
3.3 TILE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methods
specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 Series
"Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installation
methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting
materials used.
For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 Series of tile
installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:
a. Tile floors in wet areas.
TILING 093000-8
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
b. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger.
C. Tile floors composed of rib -backed tiles.
B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete
covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring
visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for
straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other
penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and
center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to
minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless
otherwise indicated.
1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within
tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.
2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same
size, align joints.
3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on
floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated.
E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:
1. Ceramic Floor Tile: 1/8 inch.
2. Ceramic Wall Tile: 1/8 inch.
F. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
G. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints, including control,
contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting
materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles.
I. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above
them.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section
"Joint Sealants."
H. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to grout -
sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated gout joints,
remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.
TILING 093000-9
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.4 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Install cementitious backer units and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's
written instructions for type of application indicated. Use latex-portland cement mortar for
bonding material unless otherwise directed in manufacturer's written instructions.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are
free of foreign matter.
1. Remove epoxy and latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.
2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written
instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners
recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners
are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect
metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean
water before and after cleaning.
3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer
and that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent
drain clogging.
B. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to
prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral
protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.
C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is
completed.
D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from
tile surfaces.
E. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor:
Tile Installation F132: Water -cleanable, tile -setting epoxy on cured cement mortar bed
bonded to concrete subfloor; epoxy grout; TCA F 132.
a. Tile Type: Floor Tile.
b. Grout: Water -cleanable epoxy grout.
F. Interior Wall Installations, Wood Studs or Furring:
Tile Installation W243: Thin -set mortar on gypsum board; TCA W243.
a. Tile Type: Wall Tile.
b. Thin -Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
TILING 093000-10
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
C. Grout: Polymer -modified unsanded grout.
END OF SECTION 093000
TILING 093000-11
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% Cly Project Specifications
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Acoustical tiles for ceilings.
2. Concealed suspension systems.
B. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling
attachment devices to be cast in concrete.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 6 -inches in size.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: For each acoustical tile ceiling, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
B. Field quality -control reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation
Program (NVLAP) for testing indicated.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical tiles, suspension -system components, and accessories to Project site in original,
unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected
against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination,
and other causes.
13. Before installing acoustical tiles, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture
content.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123- 1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
C. Handle acoustical tiles carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical tile ceilings until spaces are enclosed and
weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient
temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for
its intended use.
1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning
acoustical tile ceiling installation.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Acoustical ceiling shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined
according to ASCE/SEI 7.
B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency.
Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame -Spread Index: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials.
2. Smoke -Developed Index: 50 or less.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL TILES, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations:
1. Acoustical Ceiling Tile: Obtain each type from single source from single manufacturer.
2. Suspension System: Obtain each type from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile and supporting suspension system from
single source from single manufacturer.
C. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less
than 66 percent.
D. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that comply
with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light
reflectances unless otherwise indicated.
1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400; plenum mounting in which face of test
specimen is 15-3/4 inches away from test surface according to ASTM E 795.
E. Acoustical Tile Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Where appearance characteristics of acoustical tiles are indicated by referencing pattern
designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide
products selected by Architect from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements
indicated for type, pattern, color, light reflectance, acoustical performance, edge detail, and size.
ACOUSTICAL TILES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. USG, Inc.
13, Classification: Provide tiles complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows:
1. Type and Form: Type III, mineral base with painted finish; Form 1, nodular.
2. Pattern: Halcyon Panel
3. Logix, 24x48, Halcyon Panel
C. Color: White .
D. LR: Not less than 0.80.
E. NRC: Not less than 0.70.
F. CAC: Not less than 38.
G. AC: Not less than 170.
H. Edge/Joint Detail: Per Drawings.
I. Thickness: 7/8 inch.
J. Modular Size: Per Drawings.
K. Broad Spectrum Antimicrobial Fungicide and Bactericide Treatment: Provide acoustical tiles treated
with manufacturer's standard antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram -
positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested
according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21.
2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre consumer recycled content not
less than 25 percent.
B. Metal Suspension -System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types,
structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in
ASTM C 635/C 635M.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1,
"Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123 -3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
a. Corrosion Protection: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633,
Class Fe/Zn 5 for Class SC 1 service condition.
b. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and
ASTM F 594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316 for bolts; Alloy 304 or 316 for anchors.
D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:
1. Zinc -Coated, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.
2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635/C 635M,
Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch
diameter wire.
E. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate lateral forces.
F. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed and spaced to secure acoustical tiles in-
place.
2.5 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. USG, Inc.
B. Direct -Hung, Double-WebSuspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from and capped with
cold -rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot -dip galvanized according to
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G30 coating designation.
1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system.
2. Access: Upward and end pivoted or side pivoted, with initial access openings of size indicated
below and located throughout ceiling within each module formed by main and cross runners, with
additional access available by progressively removing remaining acoustical tiles.
a. Initial Access Opening: In each module, 24 by 24 inches.
2.6 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
USG, Inc.
B. Roll -Formed, Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, manufacturer's
standard moldings for edges and penetrations complying with seismic design requirements; formed from
sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension -system
runners.
I . Provide manufacturer's standard edge moldings that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspension
systems indicated and that match width and configuration of exposed runners unless otherwise
indicated.
2. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit
penetration exactly.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123 -4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing and substrates to which acoustical
tile ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and
other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine acoustical tiles before installation. Reject acoustical tiles that are wet, moisture damaged, or
mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
k*ly 9;1:36T.K7134 K [CC4I
A. Testing Substrates: Before installing adhesively applied tiles on wet -placed substrates such as cast -in-
place concrete or plaster, test and verify that moisture level is below tile manufacturer's recommended
limits.
B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite
edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than -half -width tiles at borders, and comply with layout shown
on reflected ceiling plans.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design
requirements indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems
Handbook."
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum
that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system.
2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by
bracing, counters playing, or other equally effective means.
3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacing that
interfere with location of hangers at spacing required to support standard suspension -system
members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent
devices.
4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of
three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123 -5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail
due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members,
by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the
structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a
manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated
temperatures.
6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to
cast -in-place hanger inserts, post installed mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power -actuated
fasteners that extend through forms into concrete.
7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install
carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires.
8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers
unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member.
10. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance
limits established by referenced standards and publications.
C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns.
Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers without attaching to
permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in-
place or post installed anchors.
D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical tile ceiling area and where
necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles.
1. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3
inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet.
Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
2. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
E. Install suspension -system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove
and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
F. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim. Place
splines or suspension -system flanges into kerfed edges so tile -to -tile joints are closed by double lap of
material.
I. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tile for accurate fit at borders and
around penetrations through tile.
2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf -type, spring -steel spacers between tile and
moldings, spaced 12 inches o.c.
3. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire -resistance -
rated assembly.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings, including trim and edge moldings. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
replace tiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to
permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 095123
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Resilient base.
B. Related Sections:
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to
ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient
temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more
than 90 deg F.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or
more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following time periods:
1. 48 hours before installation.
2. During installation.
3. 48 hours after installation.
B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by
manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F.
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513- 1
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 RESILIENT BASE
A. Resilient Base:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements:
a. Burk Industries, Montego Designer Wall Base, 003
B. Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861.
C. Minimum Thickness: 0.375 inch.
D. Outside Corners: Preformed.
E. Inside Corners: Preformed.
F. Finish: Satin.
G. Colors and Patterns: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended
hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate
conditions indicated.
i . Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L.
C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect
exposed edges of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints.
D. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by resilient stair tread
manufacturer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513-2
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture
content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other
Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might
interfere with adhesion of resilient products.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient
products.
B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and
remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
C. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be
installed.
Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least
48 hours in advance of installation.
D. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation.
3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.
B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other
permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent
pieces aligned.
D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact
with horizontal and vertical substrates.
E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation.
F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with
manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
G. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products.
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 -3
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation:
1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.
Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations
and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period.
D. Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 096513
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 -4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 096516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes vinyl sheet flooring.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified in manufacturer's
standard size, but not less than [6 -by -9 -inch (150 -by -230 -mm)] sections.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For resilient sheet flooring, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.
B. F1oorScore Compliance: Resilient sheet flooring shall comply with requirements of F1oorScore
certification.
C. Low -Emitting Materials: Flooring system shall comply with the testing and product
requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing
and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using
Environmental Chambers."
2.2 VINYL SHEET FLOORING WITH BACKING
A. Armstrong USG Mannington shaw.
B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1303.
1. Type (Binder Content): Type I, minimum binder content of 90 percent.
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516- 1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
2. Wear -Layer Thickness: Grade 1.
3. Overall Thickness: As standard with manufacturer.
4. Backing Class: Class A fibrous.
C. Wearing Surface: Match existing.
D. Sheet Width: As standard with manufacturer.
E. Seamless -Installation Method: Chemically bonded.
F. Colors and Patterns: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or
blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by resilient sheet flooring
manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers to suit
resilient sheet flooring and substrate conditions indicated.
1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.
2. Adhesives shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of
Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental
Chambers."
C. Seamless -Installation Accessories:
1. Chemical -Bonding Compound: Manufacturer's product for chemically bonding seams.
a. Bonding compound shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less.
b. Bonding compound shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the
California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using
Environmental Chambers."
D. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor -polish products recommended by resilient sheet
flooring manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to resilient sheet flooring manufacturer's written instructions to
ensure adhesion of resilient sheet flooring.
B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and
that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by
resilient sheet flooring manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by resilient sheet flooring
manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range
on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9
pH.
4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to
resilient sheet flooring manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent
than the following:
a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with
installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3
lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.
b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170.
Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative
humidity level.
C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching
compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
D. Do not install resilient sheet flooring until it is the same temperature as the space where it is to
be installed.
E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient
sheet flooring.
3.2 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient sheet flooring.
B. Unroll resilient sheet flooring and allow it to stabilize before cutting and fitting.
C. Lay out resilient sheet flooring as follows:
1. Maintain uniformity of flooring direction.
2. Minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low -traffic areas, at least 6
inches (152 mm) away from parallel joints in flooring substrates.
3. Match edges of flooring for color shading at seams.
4. Avoid cross seams.
D. Scribe and cut resilient sheet flooring to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent
fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.
E. Extend resilient sheet flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting
by repeating on resilient sheet flooring as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent marking device.
G. Install resilient sheet flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in
installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of flooring
installed on covers and adjoining flooring. Tightly adhere flooring edges to substrates that abut
covers and to cover perimeters.
H. Adhere resilient sheet flooring to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate
to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
I. Seamless Installation:
Heat -Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and heat weld with
welding bead to permanently fuse sections into a seamless flooring. Prepare, weld, and
finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining flooring surfaces.
Chemically Bonded Seams: Bond seams with chemical -bonding compound to
permanently fuse sections into a seamless flooring. Prepare seams and apply compound
to produce tightly fitted seams without gaps, overlays, or excess bonding compound on
flooring surfaces.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient sheet
flooring.
B. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from flooring surfaces before applying
liquid floor polish.
Apply two coat(s).
C. Cover resilient sheet flooring until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 096516
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 06 Sections for shop priming carpentry with primers specified in this Section.
2. Division 08 Sections for factory priming windows and doors with primers specified in this
Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to
ASTM D 523.
B. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
C. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures
continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123- 1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between
50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above
the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Dunn -Edwards Corporation.
2. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2
articles for the paint category indicated.
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its
"MPI Approved Products List."
B. Material Compatibility:
I Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and
substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,
based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of
topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
C. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior
paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a
tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L.
3. Dry -Fog Coatings: 400 g/L.
4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L.
5. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L.
6. Zinc -Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L.
7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
8. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L.
9. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.
10. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 -2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3
2.4
2.5
D. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule
PRIMERS/SEALERS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Primer Sealer, Interior, Institutional Low OdorNOC: MPI #149.
1. Dunn -Edwards Corporation; W 101 V Vinylastic Pigmented Sealer.
METAL PRIMERS
A. Primer, Anti -Corrosive, for Metal: MPI #79.
1. Dunn -Edwards Corporation; W715 Ultra -Grip Acrylic Multi -Purpose Primer
WATER-BASED PAINTS
A. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low OdorNOC, Eggshell (Satin) (Gloss Level 3): MPI #145.
1. Dunn -Edwards Corporation; W440V Decosheen Acrylic Eggshell Paint.
B. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low OdorNOC, Semi -Gloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #147.
1. Dunn -Edwards Corporation; W450V Decoglo Acrylic Semi -Gloss Paint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for
maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.
3. Wood: 15 percent.
4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
5. Plaster: 12 percent.
C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.
D. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.
E. Spray -Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% Cl) Project Specifications
F. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and
primers.
G. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to
substrates indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be
painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -
applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items
that were removed. Remove surface -applied protection if any.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and
incompatible paints and encapsulants.
Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as
required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods
recommended in writing by paint manufacturer, but not less than the following:
SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
E. Wood Substrates:
1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.
2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.
4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler.
Sand smooth when dried.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before
final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat
only.
3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items
to match exposed surfaces.
4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification,
performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 -4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.4
3.5
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory
finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same
material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in
shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a
uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller
tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.
E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and
Security Work:
Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms:
a. Equipment, including panelboards.
2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces:
a. Other items as directed by City.
3. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that
are visible from occupied spaces.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project
site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing,
scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other
trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an
undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
surfaces.
INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Steel Substrates:
Latex over Alkyd Primer System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti -corrosive, for metal, MPI #79.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat.
INTERIOR PAINTING
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi -gloss, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #54.
B. Gypsum Board Substrates:
Institutional Low-OdorNOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odorNOC, MPI #149.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odorNOC, matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odorNOC, eggshell (Gloss Level 3), MPI #145.
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odorNOC, semi -gloss (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #147.
END OF SECTION 099123
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Plaques.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. ADA -ABA Accessibility Guidelines: U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance
Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and
Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines."
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For each sign type and for each color and texture required.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ADA -ABA Accessibility
Guidelines..
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell -cast sheet), Type UVA (UV absorbing).
B. Polycarbonate Sheet: Of thickness indicated, manufactured by extrusion process, coated on
both surfaces with abrasion -resistant coating:
L Impact Resistance: 16 ft-lbf/in. per ASTM D 256, Method A.
2. Tensile Strength: 9000 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM D 638.
3. Flexural Modulus of Elasticity: 340,000 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM D 790.
SIGNAGE 101400-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% Cly Project Specifications
4. Heat Deflection: 265 deg F at 264 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM D 648.
5, Abrasion Resistance: 1.5 percent maximum haze increase for 100 revolutions of a Taber
abraser with a load of 500 g per ASTM D 1044.
2.2 PLAQUES
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
C. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product
indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. Rockwood, BF Series.
D. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for
exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or
lead expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set
into concrete or masonry work.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard signs of configurations indicated.
1. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS standards for recommended practices in shop
welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of
exposed side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and dress exposed and
contact surfaces.
2. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water
penetration.
3. Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be
inconspicuous.
2.4 ACRYLIC SHEET FINISHES
A. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy colors, provide colored coatings, including inks,
dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to
acrylic surface and that are UV and water resistant for five years for application intended.
SIGNAGE 101400-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and
complying with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion
and other defects in appearance.
2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable.
Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent
walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding
objects or standing within swing of door.
B. Wall -Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more
stringent requirements apply.
1. Two -Face Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for
vinyl -covered or rough surfaces.
2. Hook -and -Loop Tapes: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces.
3. Magnetic Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces.
4. Silicone -Adhesive Mounting: Attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl -covered
surfaces.
5. Shim Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8 -inch thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with
predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other mounting
methods are not practicable. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure
attachment to substrate. Attach panel signs to plate using method specified above.
6. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled
holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate
as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer.
7. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide matching opaque plate on opposite side of glass to
conceal mounting materials.
C. Bracket -Mounted Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets, fittings, and hardware for
mounting signs that project at right angles from walls and ceilings. Attach brackets and fittings
securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and anchoring devices to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Dimensional Characters: Mount characters using standard fastening methods to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for character form, type of mounting, wall construction, and
condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template to establish character spacing
and to locate holes for fasteners.
1.
2.
Flush Mounting: Mount characters with backs in contact with wall surface.
Projected Mounting: Mount characters at projection distance from wall surface indicated.
SIGNAGE 101400-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
END OF SECTION 101400
SIGNAGE 101400-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 220523 — GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Bronze ball valves.
2. Bronze gate valves.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only.
2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.
B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and
temperatures.
C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
D. Valve Actuator Types:
1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types.
2. Handlever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller except plug valves.
E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2 -inch (50 -mm) stem extensions and the following features:
1. Gate Valves: With rising stem.
2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective
sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.
F. Valve -End Connections:
GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.
2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES
A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Valve, Inc.
b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
c. NIBCO INC.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP -110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa).
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa).
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Bronze.
f. Ends: Threaded.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Bronze.
i. Ball: Chrome -plated brass.
j. Port: Full.
2.3 BRONZE GATE VALVES
A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Valve, Inc.
b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
c. NIBCO INC.
GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 1.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa).
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem: Bronze.
f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
g. Packing: Asbestos free.
h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance,
and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final
adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
1. Shutoff Service: Ball, or gate valves.
B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher
SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted.
C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:
1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder joint valve -end
option is indicated in valve schedules below.
2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded
valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
3.4 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. BronzeValves: May be provided with solder joint ends instead of threaded ends.
2. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with bronze trim.
3. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS.
END OF SECTION 220523
GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment labels.
2. Pipe labels.
1.2 SUBMITTAL
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
2. Letter Color: Black.
3. Background Color: White.
4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C).
5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).
6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less
than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830
mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include
secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws.
8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number,
Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the
Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.
C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -1l -inch
(A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers
where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section
number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in
operation and maintenance data.
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.2 PIPE LABELS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of
pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing.
D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate
both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting."
B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and
exterior exposed locations as follows:
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 25
feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
C. Pipe Label Color Schedule:
1. Domestic Water Piping:
a. Background Color: White.
b. Letter Color: Blue.
2. Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping:
a. Background Color: White.
b. Letter Color: Black.
END OF SECTION 220553
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
lu TLVJ.; ;
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services:
1. Domestic hot-water piping.
2. Domestic recirculating hot-water piping.
3. Supplies and drains for handicap -accessible lavatories and sinks.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and
cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed
index of 50 or less.
B. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC Al 17.1.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," and "Indoor Piping
Insulation Schedule," articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply
with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.
b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
C. K -Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K -FLEX LS.
2.2 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class I.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.
b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.
C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-75.
2.3 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS
A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Plumberex.
b. Truebro; a brand of IPS Corporation.
C. Zurn Industries, LLC; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.
2. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot-water hot -
and cold -water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements.
B. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures:
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Truebro; a brand of IPS Corporation.
b. Zurn Industries, LLC; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.
2. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and
cold -water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B. Install insulation materials and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in
insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
K. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
L. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1. Testing agency labels and stamps.
2. Nameplates and data plates.
3. Cleanouts.
3.3 PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
B. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions.
C. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
I . Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal integrity unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below -ambient services and a breather mastic for
above -ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour.
8. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match
size and color of pipe labels.
C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps,
test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape
insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating
cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the
following:
I . Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation
from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-
steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide
the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as
pipe insulation.
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow
valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to
surface being insulated.
3.6 FINISHES
A. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by City, by removing field -
applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of
inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded
fittings, three locations of threaded or flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the
"Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article.
C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
3.8 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
each piping system and pipe size range.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
2. Underground piping.
3. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-6
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.9 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Insulation shall be the following:
Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick.
END OF SECTION 220719
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe, tube, and fittings.
2. Specialty pipe fittings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Field quality -control reports.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for
plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent
piping and "NSF -sewer" for plastic sewer piping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting
materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
2.2 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.
B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns
and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.
C. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656.
1. adhesive primer shall have a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according
to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
2. Adhesive primer shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.
1. PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Solvent cement shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS
A. Transition Couplings:
1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in
OD's or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with
pipes to be joined.
2. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping
system fitting.
3. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
2) Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc.
b. Standard: ASTM C 1460.
C. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion -resistant
outer shield and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism
on each end.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction
loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless
deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
D. Install piping at indicated slopes.
E. Install piping free of sags and bends.
F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
G. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate
branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used
on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn,
double Y -branch and 1/8 -bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side
with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not
change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and
reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction
of flow is prohibited.
H. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to
grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping
upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of
lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past
each joint as completed.
I. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless
otherwise indicated:
1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of.
2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.
3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
J. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665-
K. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321.
L. Plumbing Specialties:
1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building
sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity -flow piping.
M. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
N. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements
for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
O. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing
Piping."
3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Plastic, Nonpressure -Piping, Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe
and fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent
cements.
2. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 Appendixes.
3.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION
A. Transition Couplings:
1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's.
2. In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices:
1. Install carbon -steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments.
2. Install carbon -steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments.
3. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
4. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:
a. MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
B. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting and coupling.
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base.
D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch (10 -mm)
minimum rods.
E. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/8 -inch (10 -mm)
rod.
2. NPS 3 (DN 80): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) rod.
3. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 5/8 -inch (16 -mm)
rod.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
4. NPS 6 and NPS 8 (DN 150 and DN 200): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/4 -inch (19 -mm)
rod.
F. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches (1200 mm).
G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join
dissimilar piping materials.
C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:
1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than
required by plumbing code.
2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated,
but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover
flush with floor.
D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of
equipment.
E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated:
Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final
connection to each piece of equipment.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification
specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. During installation, notify City at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests
specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.
I . Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in
after roughing -in and before setting fixtures.
2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Reinspection: If City finds that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required
corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction
or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:
1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report
for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent
piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed
before it was tested.
3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside
leaders on completion of roughing -in. Close openings in piping system and fill with
water to point of overflow, but not less than 10 -foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15
minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop.
Inspect joints for leaks.
4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps
filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent -
stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into
piping system equal to pressure of 1 -inch wg (250 Pa). Use U-tube or manometer
inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain
constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect
plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris
and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-
based latex paint.
3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Aboveground, soil and waste piping shall be the following:
1. Solid -wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints.
2. Dissimilar Pipe -Material Couplings: Shielded nonpressure transition couplings.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-6
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Aboveground, vent piping shall be the following:
1. Solid -wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints.
C. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be the following:
1. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints.
2. Dissimilar Pipe -Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
END OF SECTION 221316
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 223400 - FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Gas-fired, tankless, domestic -water heaters.
2. Domestic -water heater accessories.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type and size of domestic -water heater indicated. Include rated
capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and
accessories]
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Product Certificates: For each type of gas-fired, tankless, domestic -water heater, from
manufacturer.
D. Domestic -Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Source quality -control reports.
F. Field quality -control reports.
G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
H. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Fabricate and label fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to
comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
C. ASME Compliance:
1. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic -
water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section VIII, Division 1.
2. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, finned -
tube, domestic -water heaters to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section IV.
D. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with
potable water to comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects."
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports.
b. Faulty operation of controls.
C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.
2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion.
a. Gas -Fired, Tankless, Domestic -Water Heaters:
1) Heat Exchanger: Five years.
2) Controls and Other Components: Three years.
b. Compression Tanks: Five years.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 GAS-FIRED, TANKLESS, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Takagi.
FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.2
2. NORITZ America Corp.
3. Rinnai Corporation.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Standard: ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 for gas-fired, instantaneous, domestic -water heaters for
indoor application.
C. Construction: Copper piping or tubing complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable
water, without storage capacity.
1. Tappings: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.
2. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa).
3. Heat Exchanger: Copper tubing.
4. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2.
5. Jacket: Metal, with enameled finish, or plastic.
6. Burner: For use with tankless, domestic -water heaters and natural-gas fuel.
7. Automatic Ignition: Manufacturer's proprietary system for automatic, gas ignition.
8. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat.
D. Support: Bracket for wall mounting.
DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES
A. Domestic -Water Compression Tanks:
I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Bell & Gossett.
b. Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation.
C. Taco, Inc.
2. Description: Steel, pressure -rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory -
installed butyl -rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system -operating
pressure at tank.
3. Construction:
a. Tappings: Factory -fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling.
Include ASME B 1.20.1 pipe thread.
b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable -water tank
linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets.
C. Air -Charging Valve: Factory installed.
B. Drain Pans: Corrosion -resistant metal with raised edge. Comply with ANSI/CSA LC 3.
Include dimensions not less than base of domestic -water heater, and include drain outlet not less
than NPS 3/4 (DN 20) with ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads or with ASME B1.20.7 garden -hose
threads.
C. Piping -Type Heat Traps: Field -fabricated piping arrangement according to
ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2.
FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
D. Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1-M, manually operated. Furnish for installation in
piping.
E. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: Include relieving capacity at least as
great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -
pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank.
1. Gas -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4-M.
F. Domestic -Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's factory -fabricated steel bracket for
wall mounting, capable of supporting domestic -water heater and water.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Hydrostatically test commercial domestic -water heaters and storage tanks to minimum of one
and one-half times pressure rating before shipment.
B. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and
reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting
the Work.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A.. Commercial, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting:
1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
2. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible.
3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
B. Tankless, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install tankless, domestic -water heaters at least 18
inches (457 mm) above floor on wall bracket.
1. Anchor domestic -water heaters to substrate.
C. Install domestic -water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design,
and referenced standards.
1. Install shutoff valves on domestic -water -supply piping to domestic -water heaters and on
domestic -hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified
in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."
D. Install gas-fired, domestic -water heaters according to NFPA 54.
FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Install gas shutoff valves on gas supply piping to gas-fired, domestic -water heaters
without shutoff valves.
2. Comply with requirements for gas shutoff valves, gas pressure regulators, and automatic
gas valves specified in Division 23 Section "Facility Natural -Gas Piping."
E. Install commercial domestic -water heaters with seismic -restraint devices.
F. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use
relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend commercial -water -heater
relief -valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward
pitch, and discharge per the drawings.
G. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in water piping for domestic -water
heaters without storage. Extend commercial -water -heater relief -valve outlet, with drain piping
same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge per the drawings.
H. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water
piping for domestic -water heaters that do not have tank drains.
I. Install thermometer on outlet piping of domestic -water tanks. Comply with requirements for
thermometers specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping."
J. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of domestic -water heater storage tanks
without integral or fitting -type heat traps.
K. Fill domestic -water heaters with water.
L. Charge domestic -water compression tanks with air.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Comply with requirements for domestic -water piping specified in Division 22 Section
"Domestic Water Piping."
B. Comply with requirements for gas piping specified in Division 23 Section "Facility Natural -Gas
Piping."
C. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
D. Where installing piping adjacent to fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service
and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in
Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.5
A. Perform tests and inspections.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
B. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and
reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting
the Work.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gas-fired, tankless
domestic -water heaters.
END OF SECTION 223400
FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Balancing Air Systems:
a. Constant -volume air systems.
b. Multi -zone systems.
2. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Equipment:
a. Heat exchangers.
b. Motors.
C. Condensing units.
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing existing systems and equipment.
4. Sound tests.
5. Vibration tests.
6. Duct leakage tests.
7. Control system verification.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
B. BAS: Building automation systems.
C. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
D. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
E. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
F. TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation
that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified
in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.
C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB
strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.
D. System Readiness Checklists: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit system
readiness checklists as specified in "Preparation" Article.
E. Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in
"Examination" Article.
F. Certified TAB reports.
G. Sample report forms.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. TAB Specialists Qualifications: Certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB.
1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC, NEBB
or TABB.
2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC, NEBB or
TABB as a TAB technician.
B. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation."
C. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air
Balancing."
D. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90. 1,
Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing."
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB
period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's
operations.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART2-PRODUCTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
2.1 Insure all equipment used for the Air test and Balance effort are calibrated and have
certification of resent testing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover
conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.
B. Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer
wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify
that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose and are accessible.
C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions
for environmental conditions and systems output, and statements of philosophies and
assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to
verify that they are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum
walls are sealed and fire -stopped if required.
F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or
part of a system.
2. Calculate system -effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when
installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment
performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in
AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design."
Compare results with the design data and installed conditions.
G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing,
cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
I. Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight,
filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
Examine terminal units, such as variable -air -volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible
and their controls are connected and functioning.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-3
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens have been replaced by permanent screens with
indicated perforations.
L. Examine control valves for proper installation for their intended function of throttling, diverting,
or mixing fluid flows.
M. Examine heat -transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.
N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.
O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.
P. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and
record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
indicated values.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes the Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the
systems.
B. Perform system -readiness checks of HVAC systems and equipment to verify system readiness
for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following:
Airside:
a. Verify that leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been
satisfactorily completed.
b. Duct systems are complete with terminals installed.
C. Volume, smoke, and fire dampers are open and functional.
d. Clean filters are installed.
C. Fans are operating, free of vibration, and rotating in correct direction.
f. Variable -frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified.
g. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational.
h. Ceilings are installed.
i. Windows and doors are installed.
j. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided.
3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained
in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" ASHRAE 111 NEBB's "Procedural
Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" SMACNA's
"HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and balancing" and in this Section.
Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing."
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
I . After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness
as used to construct ducts.
2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with
requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."
3. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation,
coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation,"
Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping
Insulation."
C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position
indicators, fan -speed -control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other
suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (IP) units.
3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
recommended testing procedures. Cross-check the summation of required outlet volumes with
required fan volumes.
B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" duct layouts.
C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements.
D. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air
dampers through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers.
E. Locate start -stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
H. Check for airflow blockages.
I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
Check for proper sealing of air -handling -unit components.
K. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts."
3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT -VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by
fan manufacturer.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
Measure total airflow.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse
measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculates the
total airflow.
Measure fan static pressures as follows:
a. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.
b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan inlet or through the flexible connection.
C. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up the air -handling
system.
d. Report artificial loading of filters at the time static pressures are measured.
3. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus
actual static pressures. Calculate actual system -effect factors. Recommend adjustments to
accommodate actual conditions.
4. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than
indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air -handling units for
adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air -handling -unit
performance.
5. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment
manufacturers about fan -speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan -motor
amperage to ensure that no overload occurs. Measure amperage in full -cooling, full -
heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required
brake horsepower.
B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, sub -main ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated
airflows.
1. Measure airflow of sub -main and branch ducts.
a. Where sufficient space in sub -main and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube
traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate
the total airflow for that zone.
2. Adjust sub -main and branch duct volume dampers for specified airflow.
3. Re -measure each sub -main and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to
adjust sub -main and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
C. Adjust air inlets and outlets for each space to indicated airflows.
1. Set airflow patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
2. Measure inlets and outlets airflow.
3. Adjust each inlet and outlet for specified airflow.
4. Re -measure each inlet and outlet after they have been adjusted.
D. Verify final system conditions.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Re -measure and confirm that minimum outdoor, return, and relief airflows are within
design. Readjust to design if necessary.
2. Re -measure and confirm that total airflow is within design.
3. Re -measure all final fan operating data, rpms, volts, amps, and static profile.
4. Mark all final settings.
5. Test system in economizer mode. Verify proper operation and adjust if necessary.
6. Measure and record all operating data.
7. Record final fan -performance data.
3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MULTIZONE SYSTEMS
A. Set unit at maximum airflow through the cooling coil.
B. Adjust each zone's balancing damper(s) to achieve indicated airflow within the zone.
3.7 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
A. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:
1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
2. Motor horsepower rating.
3. Motor rpm.
4. Phase and hertz.
5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
7. Starter size and thermal -protection -element rating.
8. Service factor and frame size.
B. Motors Driven by Variable -Frequency Controllers: Test manual bypass of controller to prove
proper operation.
C. Verify proper rotation of fans.
D. Measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures.
E. Record fan and motor operating data.
3.8 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS
A. Verify proper rotation of fans.
B. Measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures.
C. Record compressor data.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-7
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.9 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT -TRANSFER COILS
A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil:
N/A There are no electric heat elements for this project.
B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil:
1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
2. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
3. Airflow.
3.10 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTS
A. Witness the duct pressure testing performed by Installer.
B. Verify that proper test methods are used and that leakage rates are within specified tolerances.
C. Report deficiencies observed.
3.11 CONTROLS VERIFICATION
A. In conjunction with system balancing, perform the following:
1. Verify temperature control system is operating within the design limitations.
2. Confirm that the sequences of operation are in compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Verify that controllers are calibrated and function as intended.
4. Verify that controller set points are as indicated.
5. Verify the operation of lockout or interlock systems.
6. Verify the operation of valve and damper actuators.
7. Verify that controlled devices are properly installed and connected to correct controller.
8. Verify that controlled devices travel freely and are in position indicated by controller:
open, closed, or modulating.
9. Verify location and installation of sensors to ensure that they sense only intended
temperature, humidity, or pressure.
B. Reporting: Include a summary of verifications performed, remaining deficiencies, and
variations from indicated conditions.
3.12 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS
A. Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused.
1. N/A No existing equipment shall remain, inspect and verify exhaust fan to remain.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-8
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is
to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished.
Verify the following:
1. N/A All new equipment is part of this contract.
C. Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are
affected by the renovation work.
Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and
determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils.
2. Balance each air outlet.
3.13 TOLERANCES
A. Set HVAC system's airflow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent.
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent.
B. Maintaining pressure relationships as designed shall have priority over the tolerances specified
above.
3.14 PROGRESS REPORTING
A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as
specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems
balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems balancing devices to facilitate
proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC
systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing
devices.
3.15 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections
for tested systems and balanced systems.
Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the
certified testing and balancing engineer.
Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
Certify validity and accuracy of field data.
B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following:
Fan curves.
Manufacturers' test data.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-9
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and
Product Data.
C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of the TAB specialist.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
5. Architect's name and address.
6. Engineer's name and address.
7. Contractor's name and address.
8. Report date.
9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.
Number each page in the report.
11. Summary of contents including the following:
a. Indicated versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings.
14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.
15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers.
b. Conditions of filters.
C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.
f. Inlet vane settings for variable -air -volume systems.
g. Settings for supply -air, static -pressure controller.
h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
D. Gas -Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment
reports, include the following:
Unit Data:
a. System identification.
b. Location.
C. Make and type.
d. Model number and unit size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Fuel type in input data.
g. Output capacity in Btu/h (kW).
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-10
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
h. Ignition type.
i. Burner -control types.
j. Motor horsepower and rpm.
k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz.
1. Motor full -load amperage and service factor.
in. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore.
n. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).
2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s).
b. Entering -air temperature in deg F (deg Q.
C. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg Q.
d. Air temperature differential in deg F (deg Q.
e. Entering -air static pressure in inches wg (Pa).
f. Leaving -air static pressure in inches wg (Pa).
g. Air static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa).
h. Low -fire fuel input in Btu/h (kW).
i. High -fire fuel input in Btu/h (kW).
j. Manifold pressure in psig (kPa).
k. High -temperature -limit setting in deg F (deg C).
1. Operating set point in Btu/h (kW).
M. Motor voltage at each connection.
n. Motor amperage for each phase.
o. Heating value of fuel in Btu/h (kW).
E. Electric -Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in
central -station air -handling units, include the following:
Unit Data: N/A as there is No electric heat elements.
F. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
Fan Data:
a. System identification.
b. Location.
C. Make and type.
d. Model number and size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Arrangement and class.
g. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore.
h. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).
2. Motor Data:
a. Motor make, and frame type and size.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
C. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full -load amperage and service factor.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-11
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore.
f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).
g. Number, make, and size of belts.
3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s).
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa).
C. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa).
e. Suction static pressure in inches wg (Pa).
G. Round, Flat -Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid
representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
Report Data:
a. System and air -handling -unit number.
b. Location and zone.
C. Traverse air temperature in deg F (deg Q.
d. Duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa).
e. Duct size in inches (mm).
f. Duct area in sq. ft. (sq. m).
g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm (L/s).
h. Indicated velocity in fpm (m/s).
i. Actual airflow rate in cfm (L/s).
j. Actual average velocity in fpm (m/s).
k. Barometric pressure in psig (Pa).
H. Air -Terminal -Device Reports:
1. Unit Data:
a. System and air -handling unit identification.
b. Location and zone.
C. Apparatus used for test.
d. Area served.
e. Make.
f. Number from system diagram.
g. Type and model number.
h. Size.
i. Effective area in sq. ft. (sq. m).
2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s).
b. Air velocity in fpm (m/s).
C. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm (L/s).
d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm (m/s).
e. Final airflow rate in cfm (L/s).
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-12
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
f. Final velocity in fpm (m/s).
g. Space temperature in deg F (deg C).
I. System -Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following:
1. N/A No water coils for this project.
J. Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves and
include the following:
1. N/A No pumps to be installed in this project other than condensate pumps for drainage.
K. Instrument Calibration Reports:
Report Data:
a. Instrument type and make.
b. Serial number.
C. Application.
d. Dates of use.
e. Dates of calibration.
3.16 VERIFICATION OF TAB REPORT
A. After testing and balancing are complete, randomly select measurements, documented in the
final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total
measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8 -
hour business day.
B. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final
report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED."
C. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements
checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete
and shall be rejected.
D. If TAB work fails, proceed as follows:
1. TAB specialists shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final
report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and
request a second final inspection.
2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB
specialist to complete TAB work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the
cost of the services from the original TAB specialist's final payment.
3. If the second verification also fails, Owner or design professional may contact AABC
Headquarters regarding the AABC National Performance Guaranty.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-13
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.17 ADDITIONAL TESTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions
are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.
B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and
winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near -peak summer and winter conditions.
END OF SECTION 230593
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-14
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes insulating the following duct services:
1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air.
2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air.
3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space.
4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior.
6. Outdoor, concealed supply and return.
7. Outdoor, exposed supply and return.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied if any).
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates
of tests and test methods employed.
C. Field quality -control reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before
preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for
installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for
maintenance.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum
Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule"
articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-2
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply
with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials.
G. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I and Type II with factory -
applied FSK Aluminum jacket are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article.
H. Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide
insulation with factory -applied FSK jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified
in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article.
Mineral -Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semi-rigid board material with factory -applied ASJ jacket complying with
ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612,
Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. in) or more. Thermal conductivity (k -value)
at 100 deg F (55 deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 W/m x K) or less. Factory -
applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article.
2.2 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class I.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A for
bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
DUCT INSULATION 230713-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
2.3 MASTICS
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL -PRF -19565C, Type 11.
For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.
1. Water -Vapor -Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric
perm) at 43 -mil (1.09 -mm) dry film thickness.
2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C).
3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
4. Color: White.
C. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.
1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm (0.03 metric perm) at 35 -mil (0.9 -
mm) dry film thickness.
2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg Q.
3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight.
4. Color: White.
D. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services.
1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm (0.033 metric perm) at 30 -mil (0.8 -
mm) dry film thickness.
2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 104 deg Q.
3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight.
4. Color: White.
E. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services.
1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms (1.2 metric perms) at 0.0625 -inch
(1.6 -mm) dry film thickness.
2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg Q.
3. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight.
4. Color: White.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.4 LAGGING ADHESIVES
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Description: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 1, Grade A and shall be compatible with
insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
1. For indoor applications, use Iagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire-
resistant lagging cloths over duct insulation.
3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C).
4. Color: White.
2.5 SEALANTS
A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C).
4. Color: Aluminum.
5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C).
4. Color: White.
5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
2.6 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When
factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
DUCT INSULATION 230713-5
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with Kraft -paper backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
5. Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms (0.86 metric perm) when tested
according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and
NFPA 90B.
2.7 FIELD -APPLIED FABRIC -REINFORCING MESH
A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Approximately 6 oz./sq. yd. (203 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 5
strands by 5 strands/sq. in. (2 strands by 2 strands/sq. mm) for covering ducts.
B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10
strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for ducts.
2.8 FIELD -APPLIED CLOTHS
A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL -C -20079H, Type I, plain weave, and pre -sized a
minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (271 g/sq. m).
2.9 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS
A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with Kraft -paper backing.
C. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules.
1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
2. Color: White.
D. Metal Jacket:
1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005,
3105, or 5005, Temper H-14.
a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing.
b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules.
C. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil- (0.025 -mm-) thick, heat -bonded
polyethylene and Kraft paper.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-6
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Proiect Specifications
d. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil- (0.075 -mm-) thick, heat -bonded
polyethylene and Kraft paper.
2. Stainless Steel Jacket: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M.
a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing.
b. Material, finish, and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules.
C. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil- (0.025 -mm-) thick, heat -bonded
polyethylene and Kraft paper.
d. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil- (0.075 -mm-) thick, heat -bonded
polyethylene and Kraft paper.
E. Self -Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60 -mil- (1.5 -mm-) thick, laminated vapor barrier and
waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors;
consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a cross -laminated polyethylene film covered with
stucco -embossed aluminum -foil facing.
2.10 TAPES
A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm).
3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.
4. Elongation: 2 percent.
5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.
6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of AS! tape.
B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
2. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm).
3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.
4. Elongation: 2 percent.
5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.
6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
C. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive;
suitable for indoor and outdoor applications.
1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm).
2. Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm).
3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width.
4. Elongation: 500 percent.
5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width.
D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor -retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.
1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm).
DUCT INSULATION 230713-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
2. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm).
3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (I. l N/mm) in width.
4. Elongation: 5 percent.
5. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width.
2.11 SECUREMENTS
A. Bands:
1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015
inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal.
2. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005;
Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal.
3. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept
metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.
B. Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1. Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for
capacitor -discharge welding, 0.135 -inch- (3.5 -mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth
of insulation indicated.
2. Cupped -Head, Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully
annealed for capacitor -discharge welding, .106 -inch- (2.6 -mm -)diameter shank, length to
suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) galvanized carbon -
steel washer.
3. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Base -plate welded to
projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in
position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following
requirements:
a. Base -plate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick
by 2 inches (50 mm) square.
b. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low -carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch -
(2.6 -mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
C. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated
capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without
damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
4. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened
to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely
in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following
requirements:
a. Base -plate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches
(38 mm) in diameter.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-8
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
b. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106 -inch- (2.6 -mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of
insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches (63 mm).
C. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product. with demonstrated
capability to bund insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without
damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
5. Self -Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Base -plate welded to projecting spindle that is
capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, and securely in position indicated
when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements:
a. Base -plate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches
(50 mm) square.
b. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low -carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch -
(2.6 -mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
C. Adhesive -backed base with a peel -off protective cover.
6. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch- (0.41 -mm-)
thick, galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation
securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter.
a. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to
ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.
7. Nonmetal Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch -
(0.41 -mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation
securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter.
C. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4 -inch- (19 -mm-) wide, stainless steel
or Monel.
D. Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for cautions about naming manufacturers. Retain
subparagraph and list of manufacturers below. See Section 016000 "Product Requirements."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-9
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for
each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
K. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-10
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.4
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- (75 -mm-) wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inchcs (38 mm). Clean and dry surfacc to
receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches
(100 mm)] O.C.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at
ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal
patches similar to butt joints.
PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below
top of roof flashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-11
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at
least 2 inches (50 mm).
4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
D. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire
damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves
to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 min).
Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and
fire -resistive joint sealers.
E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
Duct: For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper
sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct
insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm).
2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in
Section 078413 "Penetration Fire -stopping."
3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION
A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
I . Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area,
for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor -
discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as
follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), place pins 16
inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross
bracing.
DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 12
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
d. Do not over -compress insulation during installation.
e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation
segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) outward -
clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -
applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and
protrusions.
a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -
barrier seal.
b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at 18 -foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to
two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end
joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm)
O.C.
6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually
mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6 -inch- (150 -mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
I. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area,
for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor -
discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as
follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), space pins 16
inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross
bracing.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-13
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation
segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) outward -
clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -
applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and
protrusions.
a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -
barrier seal.
b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at 18 -foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to
two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and
inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with
individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6 -inch- (150 -mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
3.7 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A. Where glass -cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory -applied jackets.
1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2 -inch (50 -mm) overlap at seams and joints.
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062 -inch- (1.6 -mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
B. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch- (75 -mm-)
wide joint strips at end joints.
5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor -retarder jackets and exposed insulation
with vapor -barrier mastic.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-14
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch (25 -mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of
tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
D. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch (50 -mm) overlap at longitudinal seams
and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with
weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-
steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints.
3.8 FINISHES
A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass -Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint
system identified below and as specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and
Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material
and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Perform tests and inspections.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and
insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be
limited to one location for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule,
General" Article.
D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-15
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.10 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air.
2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air.
3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space.
4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior.
6. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior.
7. Outdoor, concealed supply and return.
8. Outdoor, exposed supply and return.
B. Items Not Insulated:
1. Fibrous -glass ducts.
2. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and
ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
3. Factory -insulated flexible ducts.
4. Factory -insulated plenums and casings.
5. Flexible connectors.
6. Vibration -control devices.
7. Factory -insulated access panels and doors.
3.11 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Concealed, round and flat -oval, supply -air duct insulation shall be One of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
B. Concealed, round and flat -oval, return -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
C. Concealed, rectangular, supply -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
3. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
D. Concealed, rectangular, return -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 1.5-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-16
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
E. Concealed, rectangular, outdoor -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blankct: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 1.5-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density.
3. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
F. Concealed, supply -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
3. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
G. Concealed, return -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
3. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm):
H. Exposed, return -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
3. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
3.12 ABOVEGROUND, OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for
a duct system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Concealed, rectangular, supply -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
C. Concealed, rectangular, return -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-Ib/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
D. Concealed, supply -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-Ib/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-17
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
E. Concealed, return -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
F. Exposed, rectangular, supply -air duct insulation shall be One of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
G. Exposed, rectangular, return -air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
H. Exposed, supply -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
I. Exposed, return -air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal
density.
3.13 INDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the
field -applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket.
B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed:
1. None.
DUCT INSULATION 230713-18
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed:
1. None
3.14 OUTDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the
field -applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket.
B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed:
1. None.
D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed, up to 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up
to 72 Inches (1800 nnn):
1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick.
2. Stainless Steel, Type 304 or Type 316, Stucco Embossed: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick.
E. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat
Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches (1800 mm):
1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed with 1 -1/4 -Inch- (32 -mm-) Deep Corrugations thick.
2. Stainless Steel, Type 304 or Type 316, Stucco Embossed, with 1 -1/4 -Inch- (32 -mm-)
Deep Corrugations
END OF SECTION 230713
DUCT INSULATION 230713-19
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 231123 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings.
2. Piping specialties.
3. Piping and tubing joining materials.
4. Valves.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces,
pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings:
1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated.
B. Natural -Gas System Pressure within Buildings: [0.5 psig (3.45 kPa) or less
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the product indicated:
B. Operation and maintenance data.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Liiis Obispo, CA
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
B. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory -applied protective coatings to avoid damaging
coating, and protect from direct sunlight.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact
utility -locating service for area where Project is located.
B. Interruption of Existing Natural -Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only
after arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements
indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption
of natural-gas service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Cities Construction
Manager's and Owner's written permission.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B.
1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket
welding.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.2
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint,
and threaded ends.
B. Corrugated, Stainless -Steel Tubing: Comply with ANSI/IAS LC 1,
Tubing: ASTM A 240/A 240M, corrugated, Series 300 stainless steel.
Coating: PE with flame retardant.
a. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products
according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with
appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1) Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less.
2) Smoke -Developed Index: 50 or less.
3. Fittings: Copper -alloy mechanical fittings with ends made to fit and listed for use with
corrugated stainless-steel tubing and capable of metal -to -metal seal without gaskets.
Include brazing socket or threaded ends complying with ASME B1.20.1.
4. Striker Plates: Steel, designed to protect tubing from penetrations.
5. Manifolds: Malleable iron or steel with factory -applied protective coating. Threaded
connections shall comply with ASME 131.20.1 for pipe inlet and corrugated tubing
outlets.
6. Operating -Pressure Rating: 5 psig (34.5 kPa).
C. Aluminum Tubing: Comply with ASTM B 210 and ASTM B 241/B 241M.
1. Aluminum Alloy: Alloy 5456 is prohibited.
2. Protective Coating: Factory -applied coating capable of resisting corrosion on tubing in
contact with masonry, plaster, insulation, water, detergents, and sewerage.
3. Flare Fittings: Comply with ASME B 16.26 and SAE J513.
a. Copper -alloy fittings.
b. Metal -to -metal compression seal without gasket.
C. Dry seal threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.3.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Appliance Flexible Connectors:
1. Indoor, Fixed -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24.
2. Indoor, Movable -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69.
3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75.
4. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating.
5. Operating -Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa).
6. End Fittings: Zinc -coated steel.
7. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B 1.20.1.
8. Maximum Length: 72 inches (1830 mm.)
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/1310.12M for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES
A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services.
B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2" and Smaller: Comply with ASME B 16.33.
1. CWP Rating: 125 psig
2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
3. Dry -seal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B 1.20.3.
4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule"
Articles.
5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for
valves 1 inch (25 mm) and smaller.
6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) to NPS 2 (DN 50) shall have initials "WOG"
permanently marked on valve body.
C. Valve Boxes:
1. Cast-iron, two -section box.
2. Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering.
3. Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches (125 mm) in
diameter.
4. Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury.
5. Include tee -handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head,
and with stem of length required to operate valve.
2.5 EARTHQUAKE VALVES
N/A extending existing system only.
2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating
nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
B. Dielectric Unions:
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Description:
a. Standard: ASSE 1079.
b. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C)
C. End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
C. Dielectric Flanges:
1. Description:
a. Standard: ASSE 1079.
b. Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly.
C. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C) End
Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder joint
copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
2.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for
marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4
mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core
encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is
buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored yellow.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section.
B. Inspect natural-gas piping according to NFPA 54 to determine that natural-gas utilization
devices are turned off in piping section affected.
C. Comply with NFPA 54 requirements for prevention of accidental ignition.
3.2 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with California Plumbing code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,
expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to
layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-5
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment roonis
and service areas.
E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
G. Locate valves for easy access.
H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
K. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in.
L. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for
roughing -in requirements.
M. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including
service -meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install
where condensate is subject to freezing.
i . Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped.
Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm)
long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove
plug or cap.
N. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view.
O. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side
down.
P. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
Q. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to
each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections.
R. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode.
S. Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated
valve.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-6
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
T. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping."
3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel
tubing, aluminum, or copper connector.
B. Install underground valves with valve boxes.
C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate
for servicing and testing.
D. Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing.
3.4 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
C. Threaded Joints:
1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B 1.20.1.
2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies.
3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe.
4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal
threading is specified.
5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
D. Welded Joints:
1. N/A
E. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas
service. Install gasket concentrically positioned.
F. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare
dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not
overtighten.
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices
specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-7
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers
and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
C. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following u►axiu►um spacing and minitnuni
rod sizes:
1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches (2438 mm); minimum rod size,
3/8 inch (10 mm).
2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
(10 mm).
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm);
minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).
D. Install hangers for horizontal drawn -temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing
and minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 3/8 (DN 10): Maximum span, 48 inches (1220 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10
mm).
2. NPS 1/2 and NPS 5/8 (DN 15 and DN 18): Maximum span, 72 inches (1830 mm);
minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).
3. NPS 3/4 and NPS 7/8 (DN 20 and DN 22): Maximum span, 84 inches (2134 mm);
minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).
E. Install hangers for horizontal, corrugated stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum
spacing and minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 3/8 (DN 10): Maximum span, 48 inches (1220 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10
mm).
2. NPS 1/2 (DN 15): Maximum span, 72 inches (1830 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10
mm).
3. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and larger: Maximum span, 96 inches (2440 mm); minimum rod size,
3/8 inch (10 mm).
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements.
B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment
grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70.
C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances.
D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within
72 inches (1800 mm) of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve
and appliances or equipment.
E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as
practical to inlet of each appliance.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 -8
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment"
for piping and valve identification.
B. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished
grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements an
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to California Plumbing Code and
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.9 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves.
3.10 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG (3.45
kPa)
A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 2" (DN 50) and smaller shall be the following:
1. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with mechanical fittings having threaded ends to match
adjacent piping for connection to HVAC equipment.
2. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints.
B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be the following:
1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints.
C. Underground, below building, piping shall be the following:
1. N/A underground gas (NIC)
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-9
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Lois Ohispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.11 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG (3.45
kPa) AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG (34.5 kPa)
A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be one of the following:
1. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with mechanical fittings having threaded ends to match
adjacent piping. Gas connection at HVAC Units.
2. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints.
B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be the following:
1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints.
3.12 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 5 PSIG (34.5
kPa)
A. N/A Extending existing on roof 0.5 system pressure
3.13 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following:
1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. WOG
2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. WOG
3. Bronze plug valve.
B. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger at service meter shall be one of the
following:
1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
2. Bronze plug valve.
3. Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve.
C. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller shall be one of the
following:
1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
3. Bronze plug valve.
D. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger shall be one of the
following:
1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-10
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2. Bronze plug valve.
3. Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve.
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
E. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following:
One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
Bronze plug valve.
END OF SECTION 231123
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123-11
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1.
Rectangular ducts and fittings.
2.
Round ducts and fittings.
3.
Sheet metal materials.
4.
Duct liner.
5.
Sealants and gaskets.
6.
Hangers and supports.
7.
Seismic -restraint devices.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint
construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design
criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article.
B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the
effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA's
"Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems."
1. Seismic Hazard Level A: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.48.
2. Seismic Hazard Level B: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.30.
3. Seismic Hazard Level C: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.15.
C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 62.1.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated
B. Field quality -control reports.
METAL DUCTS 233113-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS DI. 1/D1.IM, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.
2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum," for aluminum supports.
3. AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62. 1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up."
C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1,
Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse
Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -
support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible."
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -
support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible."
D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static -pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.2 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on
indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
METAL DUCTS 233113-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Ohispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Lindab Inc.
b. McGill AirFlow LLC.
C. SEMCO Incorporated.
d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc.
e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.
B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for
static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals,
and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
1. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches (1524 mm) in Diameter: Flanged.
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams,"
for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches (2286 mm) in diameter with butt -welded
longitudinal seams.
D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and
Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct
construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting,
seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60 (Z180).
2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
C. Carbon -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for
exposed ducts.
METAL DUCTS 233113-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
D. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in
the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be
No. 213, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article.
E. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with
mill finish for concealed ducts, and standard, one -side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to
view.
F. Factory- or Shop -Applied Antimicrobial Coating:
1. Apply to the surface of sheet metal that will form the interior surface of the duct. An
untreated clear coating shall be applied to the exterior surface.
2. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the
EPA for use in HVAC systems.
3. Coating containing the antimicrobial compound shall have a hardness of 2H, minimum,
when tested according to ASTM D 3363.
4. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame -spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke -developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
5. Shop -Applied Coating Color: White.
6. Antimicrobial coating on sheet metal is not required for duct containing liner treated with
antimicrobial coating.
G. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
galvanized.
Where black- and galvanized -steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum
ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.
H. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch (6 -mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900
mm) or less; 3/8 -inch (10 -mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm).
2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS
A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface -burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B. Two -Part Tape Sealing System:
1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified
acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight
seal.
2. Tape Width: 3 inches (76 mm).
3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic.
4. Water resistant.
5. Mold and mildew resistant.
6. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10 -inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative.
7. Service: Indoor and outdoor.
8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 93 deg Q.
METAL DUCTS 233113-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.5
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% Cly Project Specifications
9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum.
10. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
11. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1. Application Method: Brush on.
2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
3. Shore Hardness: Minimum 20.
4. Water resistant.
5. Mold and mildew resistant.
6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
7. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10 -inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative.
8. Service: Indoor or outdoor.
9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum sheets.
D. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
1. General: Single -component, acid -curing, silicone, elastomeric.
2. Type: S.
3. Grade: NS.
4. Class: 25.
5. Use: O.
6. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
F. Round Duct Joint O -Ring Seals:
1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1 -inch wg (0.14 L/s per
sq. in at 250 Pa) and shall be rated for10-inch wg (2500 -Pa) static -pressure class, positive
or negative.
2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot.
3. Double -lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory -fabricated couplings
and fitting spigots.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium -plated steel rods and nuts.
METAL DUCTS 233113-5
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all -thread rods or galvanized rods
with threads painted with zinc -chromate primer after installation.
C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Table 5-1 , "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2,
"Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
D. Steel Cables for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.
E. Steel Cables for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium -plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts
designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic -locking and clamping device.
G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
H. Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates.
2. Supports for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate.
2.6 SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICES
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Lindab Inc.
b. McGill AirFlow LLC.
C. SEMCO Incorporated.
d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc.
e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.
B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications
shall be as defined in reports by an evaluation service member of the ICC Evaluation Service or
an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be
subjected.
C. Channel Support System: Shop- or field -fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel
channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment
to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. Include matching
components and corrosion -resistant coating.
METAL DUCTS 233113-6
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized or ASTM A 492, stainless-steel cables with end
connections made of cadmium -plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed
for restraining cable service; and with an automatic -locking and clamping device or double -
cable clips.
E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted -support -system sleeve with internally bolted
connections to hanger rod.
F. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled -in and stud -wedge or female -wedge type. Select anchor bolts
with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and
calculate friction loss for air -handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and
Coordination Drawings.
B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible" unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.
D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E. Install factory- or shop -fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and
enclosures.
J. Where ducts pass through non -fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to
view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2
inches.
METAL DUCTS 233113-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
K. Where ducts pass through fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers.
Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke
dampers.
L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials.
3.2 DUCT SEALING
A. Seal ducts for duct static -pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct
Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
B. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible":
1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2. Outdoor, Supply -Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
4. Outdoor, Return -Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
5. Unconditioned Space, Supply -Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2 -Inch wg (500 Pa) and
Lower: Seal Class B.
6. Unconditioned Space, Supply -Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2 -Inch wg (500
Pa): Seal Class A.
7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
8. Unconditioned Space, Return -Air Ducts: Seal Class B.
9. Conditioned Space, Supply -Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2 -Inch wg (500 Pa) and Lower:
Seal Class C.
10. Conditioned Space, Supply -Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2 -Inch wg (500
Pa): Seal Class B.
11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B.
12. Conditioned Space, Return -Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports."
B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners
appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
5. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
METAL DUCTS 233113-8
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.4
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5-1 (Table 5-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2,
"Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and
supports within 24 inches (610 mm) of each elbow and within 48 inches (1200 mm) of each
branch intersection.
D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds,
bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16
feet (5 m).
F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension,
and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
SEISMIC -RESTRAINT -DEVICE INSTALLATION
A. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic
forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint
Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." ASCE/SEI 7.
1. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a
maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c.
2. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m).
B. Select seismic -restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and
seismic loads.
C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.
D. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators.
E. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of
the ICC Evaluation Service.
F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to
structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members.
G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors:
1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for
anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling.
Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during
drilling. Locate and avoid pre -stressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications
conduit, and gas lines.
2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved
full design strength.
METAL DUCTS 233113-9
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty
sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to
which anchor is to be fastened.
4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
5. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for
applications exposed to weather.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 233300 "Air
Duct Accessories."
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.6 START UP
A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
for HVAC."
3.7 DUCT SCHEDULE
A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows:
B. Supply Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
2. Ducts Connected to Constant -Volume Air -Handling Units.
a. Pressure Class: Positive 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
3. Ducts Connected to Variable -Air -Volume Air -Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 3 -inch wg (750 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 3.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3.
METAL DUCTS 233113-10
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
4. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 3.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3.
C. Return Ducts:
Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Unit:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12
2. Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
D. Exhaust Ducts:
Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62. 1, Class 1 and 2) Air:
a. Pressure Class: Negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive
pressure.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
2. Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive
pressure.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
3. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive
pressure.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
METAL DUCTS 233113-11
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
E. Outdoor -Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts:
Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
2. Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
3. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg (500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
F. Intermediate Reinforcement:
1. Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel
2. Stainless -Steel Ducts:
a. Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
b. Not Exposed to Airstream: Galvanized.
G. Liner:
1. Supply Air Ducts: 1" EXTERIOR INSULATION WITHIN CONDITIONED SPACE
2. Return Air Ducts: 1" EXTERIOR INSULATION AS CONDITIONED SPACE
EXISTING.
3. Exhaust Air Ducts: N/A
4. Supply Fan Plenums: Fibrous glass, Type II OR Natural fiber
H. Elbow Configuration:
1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a. Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius -to -diameter ratio.
2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes.
METAL DUCTS 233113-12
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s):
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio.
2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius -to -diameter ratio and two
vanes.
3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio.
b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio and two vanes.
C. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows."
a. Minimum Radius -to -Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3-
1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90 -degree change of direction have
proportionately fewer segments.
1) Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: 0.5 radius -to -diameter ratio and three
segments for 90 -degree elbow.
2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio and
four segments for 90 -degree elbow.
3) Radius -to Diameter Ratio: 1.5.
b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches (305 mm) and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated.
C. Round Elbows, 14 Inches (356 mm) and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam.
I. Branch Configuration:
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection."
a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45 -degree entry.
b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in.
Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical
Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct.
a.
b.
Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: 90 -degree tap.
Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): Conical tap.
METAL DUCTS 233113- 13
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
END OF SECTION 233113
METAL DUCTS 233113-14
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers.
2. Linear bar diffusers.
3. Adjustable bar registers and grilles.
4. Fixed face registers and grilles.
5. Linear bar grilles.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:
L Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and
performance data including throw and drop, static -pressure drop, and noise ratings.
2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location,
quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CEILING DIFFUSERS
A. Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers:
1. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows.
2. Material: Steel.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white
4. Face Size: 24 by 24 inches (600 by 600 mm) and various rectangle sizes.
5. Face Style: four cones.
6. Mounting: Surface and T -bar.
7. Pattern: Adjustable.
8. Dampers: Radial opposed blade Butterfly Combination damper and grid.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713- 1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
9. Accessories:
a. Equalizing grid.
b. Plaster ring.
C. Safety chain.
d. Wire guard.
C. Operating rod extension.
B. Perforated Diffuser Returns:
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows.
2. Material: Steel back pan and pattern controllers, with steel face.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white
4. Face Size: 24 by 24 inches (600 by 300 mm)]
5. Duct Inlet: Round.
6. Face Style: Flush Mounting: T -bar
7. Dampers: Opposed blade.
8. Accessories:
a. Equalizing grid.
b. Plaster ring.
C. Safety chain.
d. Wire guard.
e. Sectorizing baffles.
f. Operating rod extension.
C. Louver Face Diffuser Hard lid and wall type
1. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows.
2. Material:Steel.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white
4. Face Size: rectangle various sizes.
5. Mounting: Surface with beveled frame with Mounting panel.
6. Pattern: Three-way on walls Four-way on ceilings core style.
7. Dampers: Radial opposed blade Butterfly
8. Accessories:
a. Square to round neck adaptor.
b. Adjustable pattern vanes.
C. Throw reducing vanes.
d. Equalizing grid.
e. Plaster ring.
f. Safety chain.
g. Wire guard.
h. Sectorizing baffles.
i. Operating rod extension.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.2 REGISTERS AND GRILLES
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Adjustable Bar Register hard lid hard wall applications:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Finish: Baked enamel, white
3. Face Blade Arrangement: Horizontal 3/4 inch (19 mm) apart.
4. Core Construction: Removable.
5. Rear -Blade Arrangement: Horizontal spaced 3/4 inch (19 mm) apart.
6. Frame: 1 inch (25 mm) wide.
7. Mounting Frame: 1" flanged
8. Mounting: Countersunk screw.
9. Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade.
10. Accessories:
a. Front -blade gang operator.
b. Filter.
B. Adjustable T -Bar Grille Supply air and fresh air office areas
1.
Material: Steel.
2.
Finish: Baked enamel, white
3.
Face Blade Arrangement: Horizontal 3/4 inch (19 mm) apart.
4.
Core Construction: Removable.
5.
Rear -Blade Arrangement: Horizontal 1/2 inch (13 mm)] apart.
6.
Frame: 1 inch (25 mm) wide.
7.
Mounting Frame: T -bar clips 24" x 24"
8.
Mounting: Drop in grid type
C. Fixed Face Register Supply and fresh air:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
3. Face Arrangement: 1/2 -by -1/2 -by -1/2 -inch (13 -by -13 -by -13 -mm) Louvered grid core.
4. Core Construction: Removable.
5. Frame:I inch (25 mm) wide. Retain first subparagraph below if mounting frame is
required.
6. Mounting: Countersunk screw on hard lids, Lay in for T -bar
7. Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade.
8. Accessory: Filter.
D. Fixed Face Grille Returns and Ventilation:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
3. Face Arrangement: 1/2 -by -1/2 -by -1/2 -inch (13 -by -13 -by -13 -mm) grid Perforated core.
4. Core Construction: Removable.
5. Frame: 1 inch (25 mm) wide.
6. Mounting Frame: Filter. 24" x 24"
7. Mounting: Lay in type
8. Accessory: Filter.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
equipment.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb.
B. Ceiling -Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings,
and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design
requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final
locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels,
locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with
installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location.
C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed,
before starting air balancing.
END OF SECTION 233713
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 237413 - PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes packaged, outdoor, central -station air -handling units (rooftop units) with
the following components and accessories:
1. Direct -expansion cooling.
2. Heat -pump refrigeration components.
3. Gas furnace.
4. Economizer outdoor- and return -air damper section.
5. Integral, space temperature controls.
6. Roof curbs.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section "Indoor Indirect -Fuel -Fired Heating and Ventilating Units" for
outdoor units providing 100 percent tempered outdoor air with heat exchangers.
2. Division 23 Section "Indoor, Direct Gas -Fired Heating and Ventilating Units" for outdoor
units providing 100 percent tempered outdoor air without beat exchangers.
3. Division 23 Section "Packaged, Outdoor, Heating and Cooling Makeup Air -
Conditioners" for outdoor equipment air conditioning 100 percent outdoor air to replace
air exhausted from a building.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. DDC: Direct -digital controls.
B. ECM: Electrically commutated motor.
C. Outdoor -Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the outdoor -air stream to reject heat during
cooling operations and to absorb heat during heating operations. "Outdoor air" is defined as the
air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not previously circulated through the
system.
D. Outdoor -Air Refrigerant -Coil Fan: The outdoor -air refrigerant -coil fan in RTUs. "Outdoor air"
is defined as the air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not previously circulated
through the system.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
E. RTU: Rooftop unit. As used in this Section, this abbreviation means packaged, outdoor,
central -station air -handling units. This abbreviation is used regardless of whether the unit is
mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground.
F. Supply -Air Fan: The fan providing supply air to conditioned space. "Supply air" is defined as
the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus.
G. Supply -Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the supply -air stream to absorb heat (provide
cooling) during cooling operations and to reject heat (provide heating) during heating
operations. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or
ventilating apparatus.
H. VVT: Variable -air volume and temperature.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Design RTU supports to comply with seismic performance requirements,
including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using
performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
B. Seismic Performance: RTUs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined
according to SEI/ASCE 7.
1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts
from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each RTU, including rated capacities,
dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For RTUs to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
D. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ARI Compliance:
1. Comply with ARI 210/240 and ARI 340/360 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for
RTUs.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-2
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job 415.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2. Comply with ARI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs.
B. ASHRAE Compliance:
1. Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety.
2. Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils.
3. Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."
C. ASHRAEAESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-
2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning."
D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
E. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995.
F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace
components of RTUs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years
from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Gas Furnace Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less
than five years from date of Substantial Completion.
3. Warranty Period for Solid -State Ignition Modules: Manufacturer's standard, but not less
than three years from date of Substantial Completion.
4. Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three
years from date of Substantial Completion.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fan Belts: One set for each belt -driven fan.
2. Filters: One set of filters for each unit.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product
indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. AAON, Inc.
2. Addison Products Company.
3. Carrier Corporation.
4. Lennox Industries Inc.
5. McQuay International.
6. Trane; American Standard Companies, Inc.
7. YORK International Corporation.
2.2 CASING
A. General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: Formed and reinforced double-wall insulated
panels, fabricated to allow removal for access to internal parts and components, with joints
between sections sealed.
B. Exterior Casing Material: Galvanized steel with factory -painted finish, with pitched roof panels
and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections and lifting lugs.
C. Inner Casing Fabrication Requirements:
Inside Casing: Galvanized steel.
D. Casing Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type 1.
2. Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm).
3. Liner materials shall have air -stream surface coated with an erosion- and temperature -
resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric.
4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
E. Condensate Drain Pans: Formed sections of galvanized or stainless-steel sheet, a minimum of 2
inches (50 mm) deep, and complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
1. Drain Connections: Threaded nipple.
2. Pan -Top Surface Coating: Corrosion -resistant compound.
F. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-4
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2.3 FANS
A. Direct -Driven Supply -Air Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently
lubricated, inultispeed inutur resiliently mounted in the fan inlet. Aluminum or painted -steel
wheels, and galvanized- or painted -steel fan scrolls.
B. Belt -Driven Supply -Air Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently
lubricated, single -speed motor installed on an adjustable fan base resiliently mounted in the
casing. Aluminum or painted -steel wheels, and galvanized- or painted -steel fan scrolls.
C. Condenser -Coil Fan: Propeller, mounted on shaft of permanently lubricated motor.
D. Seismic Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate fan section, internal mounting frame and
attachment to fans, fan housings, motors, casings, accessories, and other fan section components
with reinforcement strong enough to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section
"Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" when fan -mounted frame
and RTU -mounted frame are anchored to building structure.
E. Fan Motor: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements
for HVAC Equipment."
2.4 COILS
A. Supply -Air Refrigerant Coil:
1. Aluminum -plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing -type
vertical distributor.
2. Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or condensate
pan.
3. Condensate Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion -resistant coating or Stainless
steel formed with pitch and drain connections complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
B. Outdoor -Air Refrigerant Coil:
1. Aluminum -plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing -type
vertical distributor.
2. Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or condensate
pan.
2.5 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS
A. Number of Refrigerant Circuits: One.
B. Compressor: Hermetic, scroll, mounted on vibration isolators; with internal overcurrent and
high-temperature protection, internal pressure relief.
C. Refrigeration Specialties:
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Refrigerant R-41OA.
2. Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element.
3. Refrigerant filter/dryer.
4. Manual -reset high-pressure safety switch.
5. Automatic -reset low-pressure safety switch.
6. Minimum off -time relay.
7. Automatic -reset compressor motor thermal overload.
8. Brass service valves installed in compressor suction and liquid lines.
9. Low -ambient kit high-pressure sensor.
2.6 AIR FILTRATION
A. Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value
(MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2.
Pleated: Minimum 90 percent arrestance, and MERV 8.
2.7 GAS FURNACE
A. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired; complying with ANSI Z21.47 and
NFPA 54.
1. CSA Approval: Designed and certified by and bearing label of CSA.
B. Burners: Stainless steel.
1. Fuel: Natural gas.
2. Ignition: Electronically controlled electric spark or hot -surface igniter with flame sensor.
C. Power Vent: Integral, motorized centrifugal fan interlocked with gas valve with vertical
extension.
D. Safety Controls:
1. Gas Control Valve: Single stage.
2. Gas Train: Single -body, regulated, redundant, 24-V ac gas valve assembly containing
pilot solenoid valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff.
2.8 DAMPERS
A. Outdoor- and Return -Air Mixing Dampers: Parallel- or opposed -blade galvanized -steel
dampers mechanically fastened to cadmium plated for galvanized -steel operating rod in
reinforced cabinet. Connect operating rods with common linkage and interconnect linkages so
dampers operate simultaneously.
1. Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-6
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2. Relief -Air Damper: Gravity actuated or motorized, as required by ASHRAE/IESNA
90.1-2004, with bird screen and hood.
2.9
0
ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION
Provide for single connection of power to unit with unit -mounted disconnect switch accessible
from outside unit and control -circuit transformer with built-in overcurrent protection.
2.10 CONTROLS
A. Basic Unit Controls:
1. Control -voltage transformer.
2. Wall -mounted thermostat or sensor with the following features:
a. Heat -cool -off switch.
b. Fan on -auto switch.
C. Fan -speed switch.
d. Manual or Automatic changeover.
e. Adjustable deadband.
f. Exposed set point.
g. Exposed indication.
h. Degree F indication.
i. Unoccupied -period -override push button.
j. Data entry and access port to input
unoccupied periods, and output room
operating mode, and status.
B. Electronic Controller:
temperature set points, occupied and
temperature, supply -air temperature,
1. Scheduled Operation: Occupied and unoccupied periods on seven-day clock with a
minimum of four programmable periods per day.
2. Unoccupied Period:
a. Heating Setback: 10 deg F (5.6 deg Q.
b. Cooling Setback: System off.
C. Override Operation: Two hours.
3. Supply Fan Operation:
a. Occupied Periods: Run fan continuously.
b. Unoccupied Periods: Cycle fan to maintain setback temperature.
4. Economizer Outdoor -Air Damper Operation:
a. Occupied Periods: Open to [10] [25] <Insert percent> percent fixed minimum
intake, and maximum 100 percent of the fan capacity to comply with ASHRAE
Cycle II. Controller shall permit air -side economizer operation when outdoor air is
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-7
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
less than 70 deg F
dampers.
b. Unoccupied Periods
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
(21 deg Q. Use outdoor -air temperature to adjust mixing
Close outdoor -air damper and open return -air damper.
5. Carbon Dioxide Sensor Operation:
a. Occupied Periods: Reset minimum outdoor -air ratio down to minimum 10 percent
to maintain maximum 1000 -ppm concentration.
b. Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor -air damper and open return -air damper.
2.11 ACCESSORIES
A. Duplex, 115-V, ground -fault -interrupter outlet with 15-A overcurrent protection. Include
transformer if required. Outlet shall be energized even if the unit main disconnect is open.
2.12 ROOF CURBS
A. Roof curbs with vibration isolators and wind or seismic restraints are specified in Division 23
Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B. Materials: Galvanized steel with corrosion -protection coating, watertight gaskets, and factory -
installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards.
Curb Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
a. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I or lI.
b. Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm).
2. Application: Factory applied with adhesive and mechanical fasteners to the internal
surface of curb.
a. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
b. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner
when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in
cabinet.
C. Liner materials applied in this location shall have air -stream surface coated with a
temperature -resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric
depending on service air velocity.
d. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type 1.
C. Wind and Seismic Restraints: Metal brackets compatible with the curb and casing, painted to
match RTU, used to anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Project site. Comply with
requirements in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" for wind -load requirements.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-8
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of RTUs.
B. Examine roughing -in for RTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections before
equipment installation.
C. Examine roofs for suitable conditions where RTUs will be installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Roof Curb: Install on roof structure or concrete base, level and secure, according to NRCA's
"Low -Slope Membrane Roofing Construction Details Manual," Illustration "Raised Curb Detail
for Rooftop Air Handling Units and Ducts." Install RTUs on curbs and coordinate roof
penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in Division 07 Section "Roof
Accessories." Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete
base with anchor bolts.
B. Unit Support: Install unit level on structural curbs. Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing
with wall construction. Secure RTUs to structural support with anchor bolts.
C. Install wind and seismic restraints according to manufacturer's written instructions. Wind and
seismically restrained vibration isolation roof -curb rails are specified in Division 23 Section
"Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap and indirect connection to nearest
roof drain or area drain.
B. Install piping adjacent to RTUs to allow service and maintenance.
1. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 23 Section "Facility
Natural -Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and
connect with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and
service.
C. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate
the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements:
1. Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-9
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2. Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking
under entire roof curb.
3. Connect supply ducts to RTUs with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 23
Section "Air Duct Accessories."
4. Install return -air duct continuously through roof structure.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
Report results in writing.
B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing. Report results in writing.
C. Tests and Inspections:
I. After installing RTUs and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for
compliance with requirements.
2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie -down straps.
3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
3.5 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service.
B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do
the following:
1. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.
2. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.
3. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans.
4. Inspect internal insulation.
5. Verify that labels are clearly visible.
6. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
7. Verify that controls are connected and operable.
8. Verify that filters are installed.
9. Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris.
10. Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris.
11. Connect and purge gas line.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-10
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 28, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
12. Remove packing from vibration isolators.
13. Inspect operation of barometric relief dampers.
14. Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings.
15. Inspect fan -wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and
binding.
16. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
17. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
a. Start refrigeration system.
b. Do not operate below recommended low -ambient temperature.
C. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.
18. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences.
19. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.
20. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing. Adjust burner
for peak efficiency.
a. Measure gas pressure on manifold.
b. Inspect operation of power vents.
C. Measure combustion -air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.
d. Measure flue -gas temperature at furnace discharge.
e. Perform flue -gas analysis. Measure and record flue -gas carbon dioxide and
oxygen concentration.
f. Measure supply -air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing
rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.
21. Calibrate thermostats.
22. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.
23. Inspect outdoor -air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return -air dampers.
24. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient is a
minimum of 15 deg F (8 deg C) above return -air temperature:
a. Coil leaving -air, dry- and wet -bulb temperatures.
b. Coil entering -air, dry- and wet -bulb temperatures.
C. Outdoor -air, dry-bulb temperature.
d. Outdoor -air -coil, discharge -air, dry-bulb temperature.
25. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration, and
normal and emergency shutdown.
26. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on
fan curve.
a. Supply -air volume.
b. Return -air volume.
C. Relief -air volume.
d. Outdoor -air intake volume.
27. Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following:
a. Compressor refrigerant suction and hot -gas pressures.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-11
Transit Center March 28, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
b. Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to outdoor -air
intake.
28. Verify operation of remote panel including pilot -light operation and failure modes.
Inspect the following:
a. High-temperature limit on gas-fired heat exchanger.
b. Low-temperature safety operation.
C. Filter high-pressure differential alarm.
d. Economizer to minimum outdoor -air changeover.
e. Relief -air fan operation.
29. After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion, replace
existing filters with new filters.
3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion,
provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to
two visits to site during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTU and air -
distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain RTUs. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and
Training."
END OF SECTION 237413
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413-12
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 260519 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less.
2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. VFC: Variable frequency controller.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. _Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ILEA S-95-658.
B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN/THWN-2.
C. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for metal -clad cable,
Type MCwith ground wire.
2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type,
and class for application and service indicated.
LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders: CopperSolid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.
B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and
larger..
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2,
single conductors in raceway or Metal -clad cable, Type MC.
C. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors
in raceway.
D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single
conductors in raceway or Metal -clad cable, Type MC.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
B. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway.
D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and
follow surface contours where possible.
E. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."
LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A -486B.
B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that
possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced
conductors.
C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
3.6 Identify and color -code conductors and cables FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration
Firestopping."
END OF SECTION 260519
LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.
2. Construction requirements for concrete bases.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and its contents.
C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads
calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the
applied force.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field
assembly.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-
4.
2. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.
B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.
C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for
types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded
body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non -armored electrical conductors or cables in
riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as
required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and. Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates,
shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their
supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated stainless steel, for use in
hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate
for supported loads and building materials in which used.
3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS
Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP -58.
4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for
attached structural element.
5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325.
6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type.
7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions
of supported equipment.
B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes
and plates.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical
equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.
B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for
EMT, IMC, and RMC as required byNFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 3/8 inch (6 mm) in
diameter.
C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support
system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 251 percent in future without exceeding
specified design load limits.
Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single -bolt conduit clamps
D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-
1/2 -inch (38 -mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems
above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this
Article.
B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1,EMT, IMC, and RMC
may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.
C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits.
Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported
components plus 200 lb (90 kg).
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm)
thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs
less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers
and nutsBeam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP -69.
7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means
that meet seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements.
E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing
bars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site -
fabricated metal supports.
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
END OF SECTION 260529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings.
2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Not Applicable
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit.
B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wire ways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover
enclosures, and cabinets.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS
A. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined
in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
C. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
D. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797.
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
E. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B.
1. Fillings for EMT:
a. Material: die cast.
b. Type: compression.
2. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated
for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding
jumper.
F. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities
having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and
protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity.
2.2 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets
installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.
B. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy.
C. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773,
galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover.
D. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as
recessed box.
E. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm square by 60 mm deep)
for single -gang locations and 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm by 60 mm
by 60 mm deep)] for two -gang installations.
F. Gangable boxes are prohibited.
Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed Conduit: GRC or IMC.
2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT or.
3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC.
4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.
2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT.
3. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT.
4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet
locations.
5. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC or IMC.
6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless
steel in damp or wet locations.
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch (21 -mm) trade size.
D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless
otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
2. EMT: Use setscrew or compression, cast -metal fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with
NEMA FB 2.20.
E. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth.
F. Installation of surface raceway is prohibited.
G. Do not install nonmetallic conduit
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements
on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits.
Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and
number of floors.
B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-
water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
D. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 -degree bends in any conduit run except for
control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm)
of changes in direction.
E. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
F. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 iniii)of enclosures to which attached.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
G. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply
listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's written instructions.
H. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings
to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.
I. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes
or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1 -1/4 -inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat
metal bushings on 1 -1/2 -inch (41 -mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts.
Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits.
Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install
locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more.
K. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in
the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path.
L. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2 -inch (53 -mm) trade size and larger, use
roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length.
M. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with
listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a
blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway
sealing fittings according to NFPA 70.
N. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or
boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all
raceways at the following points:
1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
O. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830
mm) of flexible conduit forequipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement;
and for transformers and motors.
1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.
2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.
P. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not
individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to
center of box unless otherwise indicated.
Q. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by
conduits.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-4
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
3.3 FIRESTOPPING
A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration.
L Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 260533
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associatcs Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Time switches.
2. Indoor occupancy sensors.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality -control reports.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 TIME SWITCHES
A. Maind'acturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Cooper Industries, inc.
2. Leviton Manufacturing Co.. Inc.
3. Tyco FI0C.1r0T1ics Corporation; a TE Connectivity Ltd. comMr3y.
B. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, complying with UL 917.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
2.2
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Contact Rating: 20-A ballast load, 1204240-V ac.
3. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock.
C. Electromechanical -Dial Time Switches: Comply with UL 917.
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Contact Rating: 20-A ballast load, 120-/240-V ac.
3. Circuitry: Allows connection of a photoelectric relay as a substitute for the on-off
function of a program.
INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
2. Lutron Electronics Co. Inc.
3. Wait _Stopper.
B. General Requirements for Sensors: Wall- or ceiling -mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy
sensors with a separate power pack.
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied,
and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable
over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
3. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A.
Sensor is powered from the power pack.
4. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A
tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2
power source, as defined by NFPA 70.
5. Mounting:
a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box.
b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) knockout in a standard
electrical enclosure.
C. Time -Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged
door.
6. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal
operation of sensor.
7. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
C. Dual -Technology Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and
ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that
control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit.
Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology.
Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6 -inch- (150 -mm-) minimum movement of
any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm),
and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm)
in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305
mm/s).
Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area
of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96 -inch- (2440 -mm-) high ceiling.
2.3 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote -Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12
AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded -copper conductors not
smaller than No. 24 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage
Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded -copper conductors not smaller than
No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SENSOR INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling -mounted devices with other construction that
penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke
detectors, fire -suppression systems, and partition assemblies.
B. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas
indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 CONTACTOR INSTALLATION
A. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure -
borne vibration, unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory -installed vibration
isolators.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
3.3 WIRING INSTALLATION
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm).
B. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power -limited and nonpower -
limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in
junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification
for Electrical Systems."
1. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each
sensor.
B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
B. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry
has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit actual occupied conditions.
Provide up to two visits to Project during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set
time delay to suit Owner's operations.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's
operations.
3. Align high -bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Coordinate demonstration of products specified in this Section with demonstration requirements
for low -voltage, programmable lighting control systems specified in Section 260943.13
"Addressable -Fixture Lighting Controls" and Section 260943.23 "Relay -Based Lighting
Controls."
B. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting control devices.
END OF SECTION 260923
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-5
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
SECTION 262816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Nonfusible switches.
2. Molded -case circuit breakers (MCCBs).
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. NC: Normally closed.
B. NO: Normally open.
C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall withstand the effects of
earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.
1 , The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts
from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component
indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data
on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes.
1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.
2. Current and voltage ratings.
3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate).
4. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices.
5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-1
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
6. Include time -current
overcurrent protective
protective device.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of
device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent
A. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed
switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces
and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner no fewer than sevendays in advance of proposed interruption of electric
service.
2. Indicate method of providing temporary electric service.
3. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service permission.
4. Comply with NFPA 70E.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment
served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances
for equipment access doors and panels.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
A. Type GD, General Duty, Single Throw, 600 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1,
horsepower rated, lockable handle, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
B. Accessories:
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground
conductors.
2. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2.2 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. General Requirements: Comply with UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with
interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents.
B. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads and
instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for
circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
C. Features and Accessories:
1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.
2. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material.
2.3 ENCLOSURES
A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50,
to comply with environmental conditions at installed location.
1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1.
2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance
with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install individual wall -mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic
Controls for Electrical Systems."
C. Comply with NECA 1.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-3
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
1. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide
warning signs.
2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate.
END OF SECTION 262816
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-4
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts.
2. Emergency lighting units.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation.
Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings.
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS
A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent
warping and sagging.
C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position.
D. Diffusers and Globes:
INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to
yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) minimum unless otherwise
indicated.
b. UV stabilized.
2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. General Requirements for Emergency Lighting Units: Self-contained units complying with
UL 924.
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power -supply circuit voltage drops
to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery
when voltage approaches deep -discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
4. Test Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and
demonstrates unit operability.
5. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls.
B. Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports.
C. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
and Cables."
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify
transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal.
END OF SECTION 265100
INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-2
Transit Center
City of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo, CA
SECTION 265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts.
2. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
March 30, 2016
Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
100% CD Project Specifications
A. Product Data: For each luminaire, pole, and support component, arranged in order of lighting
unit designation. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings.
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LUMINAIRES
A. Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet
locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Lateral Light Distribution Patterns: Comply with IESNA RP -8 for parameters of lateral light
distribution patterns indicated for luminaires.
C. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
D. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion -resistant aluminum unless otherwise indicated. Form and
support to prevent warping and sagging.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600-1
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job #15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
E. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or
deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
F. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position.
G. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat,
and UV radiation.
H. Lenses and Refractors Gaskets: Use heat- and aging -resistant resilient gaskets to seal and
cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors.
I. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory -assembled and -tested
luminaire before shipping.
Factory -Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires:
1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the
Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
2. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA -M32); buff
complying with AA -M20; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard -coat wax.
3. Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: medium satin;
Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I,
integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker)
complying with AAMA 611.
a. Match existing fixture color.
K. Factory -Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps and drivers.
Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from
normal viewing angles when lamps are in place.
Label shall include the following lamp and ballast characteristics:
a. "USES ONLY" and include specific lamp type.
b. Lamp type, wattage, bulb type (ED 17, BD56, etc.) and coating (clear or coated).
C. CCT and CRI for all luminaires.
2.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Luminaire Attachment Provisions: Comply with luminaire manufacturers' mounting
requirements. Use stainless-steel fasteners and mounting bolts unless otherwise indicated.
B. Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion -resistant items compatible with support
components.
Materials: Shall not cause galvanic action at contact points.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600-2
Transit Center March 30, 2016
City of San Luis Obispo Ravatt Albrecht Associates Job # 15.569
San Luis Obispo, CA 100% CD Project Specifications
2, Anchor Bolts, Leveling Nuts, Bolt Caps, and Washers: Hot -dip galvanized after
fabrication unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION
A. Install lamps in each luminaire.
B. Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports.
1. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the
application and approved by manufacturer.
C. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of photoelectric
device to prevent false operation of relay by artificial light sources, favoring a north orientation.
3.2 CORROSION PREVENTION
A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a
dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment.
B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems."
END OF SECTION 265600
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600-3